HANNA M A CO/DE
S-8, 1994-12-22
FABRICATED RUBBER PRODUCTS, NEC
Previous: GULF STATES UTILITIES CO, 8-K, 1994-12-22
Next: HELMERICH & PAYNE INC, 10-K, 1994-12-22




                                                     Registration No.

_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

                   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                        Washington, D.C.  20549

                               ___________

                                FORM S-8
                         REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                    UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                               ___________

                          M. A. HANNA COMPANY
         (Exact name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

      Delaware                                            34-0232435
(State or other jurisdiction of                       (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                        Identification No.)

                               ___________

       Suite 36-5000, 200 Public Square, Cleveland, Ohio  44114-2304
       (Address of Principal Executive Office Including Zip Code)

                               __________

            401K Savings and Retirement Plan for Polymer Associates
                          (Full title of plan)

                               ___________

                        John S. Pyke, Jr., Esq.
             Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
                          M. A. Hanna Company
        Suite 36-5000, 200 Public Square, Cleveland, Ohio  44114-2304
                             (216) 589-4000
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Name, address and telephone number including area code of agent for service)
                               ____________

                     CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
_______________________________________________________________________________
 <S>                    <C>           <C>        <C>                <C>
 Title of Securities   Amount        Price per  Maximum aggregate  Amount of
 to be Registered      Registered(1)  share(2)  Offering Price(2)  Registration
                                                                    Fee (2)
________________________________________________________________________________
 Common Stock,         200,000       $23.438     $4,687,600         $1,616
 Par Value $1.00
________________________________________________________________________________

(1)  Pursuant to Rule 416(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration
Statement also covers an indeterminate amount of interests to be offered or sold
pursuant to the employee benefit plan described herein.

(2)  Based upon the average of the high and low sales prices of the Common
Stock in the consolidated reporting system on December 20, 1994; determined in
accordance with Rule 457(c) solely for the purposes of determining the amount
of the registration fee.
</TABLE>



                                   PART II

             INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

  Item 3.  Incorporation of Documents by Reference

        The following documents and  reports filed by M. A.  Hanna Company
  (File  No. 1-5222)  (the  "Company") with  the  Securities and  Exchange
  Commission (the "Commission") are incorporated herein by reference:

        (a)  Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
  ended December 31, 1993, as amended;

        (b)    Quarterly  Reports of  the  Company  on Form  10-Q  for the
  quarters ended March 31, 1994, June 30, 1994 and September 30, 1994;

        (c)    Current Report of the  Company on  Form  8-K dated December
  20, 1994;

        (d)   The description of  the Company's Common  Stock contained in
  the  registration statement  filed under  Section 12  of the  Securities
  Exchange Act  of 1934, including  any amendment or report  filed for the
  purpose of updating such description;

        (e)   The  description  of the  Company's  Stock  Purchase  Rights
  contained  in the Registration Statement  on Form 8-A  dated December 4,
  1991, as amended.

        All  documents  filed  after  the  date  of  the  filing  of  this
  registration statement by the Company pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c),
  14 and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, prior to the filing
  of  a  post-effective  amendment  which indicates  that  all  securities
  offered  have  been  sold  or  which  deregisters  all  securities  then
  remaining unsold, shall be deemed to be incorporated herein by reference
  and to be a part hereof from the date of filing of such documents.

  Item 6.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Subsection  (b)(7) of Section 102  of the Delaware  Law empowers a
  corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment
  thereto  validly approved  by  stockholders to  eliminate  or limit  the
  personal  liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders
  for  monetary  damages  for breach  of  fiduciary  duty  as a  director,
  provided  that such provision cannot eliminate or limit the liability of
  a director for (i) breach of his duty or loyalty, (ii) acts or omissions
  not in good  faith or  which involve intentional  misconduct or  knowing
  violation of  law, (iii) payment  of a stock  dividend or approval  of a
  stock repurchase which  was illegal  under Section 174  of the  Delaware
  Law, or (iv) any transaction from which an improper personal benefit was
  derived.    Articles  Thirteenth  and  Fourteenth  of  the  Registrant's
  Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation were  approved at  the Company's
  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  held  in  May  1987  to  provide  for
  limitation of liability of  directors, and indemnification of directors,
  officers and others as follows:

        "THIRTEENTH:   To the full  extent permitted by  the General
        Corporation  law  of  the State  of  Delaware  or any  other
        applicable  laws as  presently  or hereafter  in effect,  no
        Director of  the Corporation  shall be personally  liable to
        the  Corporation or its stockholders  for or with respect to
        any  acts  or omissions  in the  performance  of his  or her
        duties as a Director of the Corporation.  No amendment to or
        repeal of this Article THIRTEENTH shall apply to or have any
        effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Director
        of  the Corporation  for  or with  respect  to any  acts  or
        omissions  of   such  Director   occurring  prior  to   such
        amendment."

        "FOURTEENTH:   Each person  who is or  was or  had agreed to
        become a  Director or  officer of  the Corporation,  or each
        such person  who is or was serving or had agreed to serve at
        the request of the Board of  Directors or an officer of  the
        Corporation as an employee or agent of the Corporation or as
        a  Director,   officer,   employee  or   agent  of   another
        corporation,  partnership, joint  venture,  trust  or  other
        enterprise (including the  heirs, executors,  administrators
        or estate  of  such person),  shall  be indemnified  by  the
        Corporation  to the  full  extent permitted  by the  General
        Corporation  Law  of the  State  of  Delaware or  any  other
        applicable  laws   as  presently  or  hereafter  in  effect.
        Without limiting the generality  or effect of the foregoing,
        the Corporation may enter  into one or more agreements  with
        any  person which  provide  for indemnification  greater  or
        different than that provided in this  Article.  No amendment
        to  or repeal of this  Article FOURTEENTH shall  apply to or
        have any  effect  on the  right  to indemnity  permitted  or
        authorized  hereunder for  or with  respect to  or  have any
        effect  on the  right to  indemnity permitted  or authorized
        hereunder for or with respect  to claims asserted before  or
        after  such  amendment  or   repeal  arising  from  acts  or
        omissions occurring in whole or in part before the effective
        date of such amendment or repeal."

        Reference  is  made  to  Section  145  of  the   Delaware  General
  Corporation law  relating the indemnification of  directors and officers
  of a Delaware corporation.

        The Company  has entered into Indemnification  Agreements with all
  of  the Company's  directors except Mr.  Eyton and all  of the Company's
  executive officers  (the "Indemnitees") to  specify the extent  to which
  Indemnitees  may receive  indemnification under  circumstances  in which
  indemnity would not otherwise be provided by the Delaware Law.  Pursuant
  to the  Indemnification Agreements, an  Indemnitee will  be entitled  to
  indemnification  as provided by Section  145 of the  Delaware Law and to
  indemnification for  any  amount  which the  Indemnitee  is  or  becomes
  legally obligated  to pay relating to  or arising out of  any claim made
  against such person  because of any  act, failure to  act or neglect  or
  breach of duty, including  any actual or alleged error,  misstatement or
  misleading  statement, which  such person  commits, suffers,  permits or
  acquiesces  in  while  acting  in  the Indemnitee's  position  with  the
  Company.  The Indemnification Agreements provide specific procedures for
  securing indemnification and the Company is required to make payments in
  connection  with any  claim against  the Indemnitee  only to  the extent
  expressly provided by law.

        The  Company  has  purchased   directors  and  officers  liability
  insurance which  provides for indemnification of  directors and officers
  against certain liabilities.

  Item 8.  Exhibits

        4.1   Amended Certificate  of Incorporation of  the Company (filed
              as  Exhibit 3(b) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
              for the  fiscal year  ended December 31,  1989) incorporated
              herein by reference.

        4.2   By-laws  of  the  Company  (filed as  Exhibit  3(d)  to  the
              Company's Annual Report  on Form  10-K for  the fiscal  year
              ended  December  31,  1987,  File  No.  1-5222) incorporated
              herein by reference.

        4.3   Indenture dated  September 15, 1991 between  the Company and
              Ameritrust  Company,  National  Association  (now  known  as
              Society  National Bank),  Trustee, relating  to Registrant's
              $100,000,000 aggregate  principal amount of 9%  Senior Notes
              due 1998  and $150,000,000  aggregate principal amount  of 9
              3/8% Senior Notes due 2003, (filed  as Exhibit 4 to the Form
              S-3  of  the Company  on  September  18, 1991)  incorporated
              herein by reference.

        4.4   Indenture dated  September 26, 1991 between  the Company and
              Ameritrust Texas, National Association, Trustee, relating to
              Registrant's  $50,000,000 aggregate  principal amount  of 9%
              Notes due 1998,  (filed as Exhibit 4 to the  Form S-3 of the
              Company  on  October   24,  1991)  incorporated   herein  by
              reference.

        4.5   Credit Agreement  dated June  30, 1994 between  the Company,
              Citibank, N.A. and the other banks signatory thereto.

        4.6   Rights Agreement dated December  4, 1991 between the Company
              and   Ameritrust  Company  National  Association  (filed  as
              Exhibit 2 to Form 8-A of  M. A. Hanna Company on December 5,
              1991, as amended and as  Exhibit 8 to Form 8 of  the Company
              filed   on  December  24,   1991)  incorporated   herein  by
              reference.

        23    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

        24    Powers of Attorney.

        99    401K Savings and Retirement Plan for Polymer Associates.

  The  undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that it will submit or has
  submitted the Plan  and any  amendment thereto to  the Internal  Revenue
  Service (the "IRS")  in a timely  manner and has made  or will make  all
  changes required by the IRS in order to qualify the Plan.

  Item 9.  Undertakings

        A.    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

        (1)   To file during any period in which offers or sales are being
  made a post-effective  amendment to this registration statement:  (i) to
  include any prospectus  required by Section  10(a)(3) of the  Securities
  Act  of 1933;  (ii) to  reflect in  the prospectus  any facts  or events
  arising after the effective  date of the registration statement  (or the
  most recent post effective amendment thereof) which, individually or  in
  the  aggregate, represent  a fundamental  change in the  information set
  forth  in the  registration  statement; (iii)  to  include any  material
  information  with  respect to  the plan  of distribution  not previously
  disclosed in the registration  statement or any material change  to such
  information  in  the  registration  statement;  provided,  however,  the
  paragraph  (A)(1)(i) and  (A)(1)(ii) do  not apply  if  the registration
  statement is on Form S-3 or on Form S-8, and the information required to
  be  included  in  a  post-effective  amendment  by those  paragraphs  is
  contained  in periodic  reports  filed  by  the Registrant  pursuant  to
  Section 13  or 15(d)  of the  Securities Exchange Act  of 1934  that are
  incorporated by reference in the registration statement.

        (2)   That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
  Securities  Act of  1933, each  such  post-effective amendment  shall be
  deemed to be  a new  registration statement relating  to the  securities
  offered therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time shall
  be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (3)   To  remove from  registration by  means of  a post-effective
  amendment any  securities being  registered which  remain unsold  at the
  termination of the offering.

        B.    The  undersigned  Registrant  hereby  undertakes  that,  for
  purposes  of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933,
  each  filing of the Registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a)
  or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where  applicable,
  each  filing of  an employee  benefit plan's  annual report  pursuant to
  Section   15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934)  that  is
  incorporated by reference in the  registration statement shall be deemed
  to  be a new registration  statement relating to  the securities offered
  therein, and  the offering  of  such securities  at that  time shall  be
  deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        C.    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
  Securities  Act  of 1933  may be  permitted  to directors,  officers and
  controlling  persons  of  the   Registrant  pursuant  to  the  foregoing
  provisions,  or otherwise, the Registrant  has been advised  that in the
  opinion of  the Securities  Exchange Commission such  indemnification is
  against  public  policy  as expressed  in  the  Act  and is,  therefore,
  unenforceable.   In the event  that a claim  for indemnification against
  such liabilities (other than  the payment by the Registrant  of expenses
  incurred or  paid by  a director, officer  or controlling person  of the
  Registrant  in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding)
  is  asserted  by  such  director,  officer  or  controlling  person   in
  connection with  the securities  being registered, the  Registrant will,
  unless in  the opinion of  its counsel  the matter has  been settled  by
  controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the
  question  whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as
  expressed in the Act and  will be governed by the final  adjudication of
  such issue.




                                 SIGNATURES


  Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  the
  Registrant certifies that it  has reasonable grounds to believe  that it
  meets all  the requirements for filing  on Form S-8 and  has duly caused
  this  registration  statement  to  be  signed,  on  its  behalf  by  the
  undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in  the City of Cleveland, State
  of Ohio on this 22nd day of December, 1994.

                                M. A. HANNA COMPANY


                                By: /S/  John S. Pyke, Jr.
                                      John S. Pyke, Jr.
                                      Vice President, General Counsel
                                       and Secretary


  Pursuant  to  the  requirements of  the  Securities  Act  of 1933,  this
  Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in
  the capacities indicated as of December 22, 1994.

  Signatures                Titles                                    Date



  Martin D. Walker*         Chairman, Chief Executive Officer
  Martin D. Walker          (principal executive officer)
                            and Director

  Douglas J. McGregor*      President, Chief Operating Officer
  Douglas J. McGregor       and Director

  /S/  Douglas R. Schrank   Vice President, Chief Financial
  Douglas R. Schrank        Officer (principal financial
                            officer)

  /s/  Thomas E. Lindsey    Controller (principal accounting
  Thomas E. Lindsey         officer)

  B. Charles Ames*          Director
  B. Charles Ames

  Carol A. Cartwright*      Director
  Carol Cartwright

  Wayne R. Embry*           Director
  Wayne R. Embry

  J. Trevor Eyton*          Director
  J. Trevor Eyton

  George D. Kirkham*        Director
  George D. Kirkham

  Marvin L. Mann*           Director
  Marvin L. Mann

  Richard W. Pogue*         Director
  Richard W. Pogue


  *  John S. Pyke, Jr.,  theundersigned attorney-in-fact,  by signing his
  name  below, does hereby sign  this registration statement  on behalf of
  the  above indicated  directors  and officers  of  M. A.  Hanna  Company
  (constituting  a majority  of  the directors)  pursuant  to a  power  of
  attorney  executed by  such persons  and filed  with the  Securities and
  Exchange Commission contemporaneously herewith.

  By: /s/  John S. Pyke, Jr.  as attorney-in-fact
           John S. Pyke, Jr.


  The Plan

        Pursuant  to the requirements of  the Securities Act  of 1933, the
  trustees (or  other persons  who administer  the employee  benefit plan)
  have duly cause this registration statement to be filed on its behalf by
  the undersigned, thereunto  duly authorized, in  the City of  Cleveland,
  State of  Ohio, on December 22, 1994.

                    401K Savings and Retirement Plan for Polymer
                    Associates


                    By:    /s/  Douglas R. Schrank
                    Name:  Douglas R. Schrank
                    Title: Committee for Employee Benefits
                           Administration



                                 EXHIBITS
 ________________________________________________________________________
                                                 Pagination by
 Exhibit                                         sequential
 Number                  Exhibit                 numbering
 ________________________________________________________________________

 3    Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Registrant  (filed  as
      Exhibit 4(a) to  the Form  S-8 of  Registrant dated  June 29,  1988)
      incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

 4.1  Amended Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (filed as
      Exhibit 3(b) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
      fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1989)  incorporated  herein   by
      reference.

 4.2  By-laws of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3(d) to the Company's
      Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
      December  31,  1987,   File  No.  1-5222)  incorporated  herein   by
      reference.

 4.3  Indenture dated September 15, 1991 between the Company and
      Ameritrust Company, National Association, Trustee, relating to
      Registrant's $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9% Senior
      Notes due 1998 and $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount
      of 9 3/8% Senior Notes due 2003 (filed as Exhibit 4 to the Form S-3
      of the Company on October 24, 1991) incorporated herein by
      reference.

 4.4  Indenture dated September 26, 1991 between the Company and
      Ameritrust Texas, National Association, Trustee, relating to
      Registrant's $50,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9% Notes
      due 1998, (filed as Exhibit 4 to the Form S-3 of the Company on
      October 24, 1991) incorporated herein by reference.

 4.5  Credit Agreement dated June 30, 1994 between the Company,
      Citibank, N.A. and the other banks signatory thereto.

 4.6  Rights Agreement dated December 4, 1991 between the Company
      and Ameritrust Company National Association (filed as Exhibit 2 to
      Form 8-A of M. A. Hanna Company on December 5, 1991, as
      amended and as Exhibit 8 to Form 8 of the Company filed on
      December 24, 1991) incorporated herein by reference.

 23   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

 24   Powers of Attorney.

 99   401K Savings and Retirement Plan for Polymer Associates.


                                                       EXHIBIT 4








                                                   EXECUTION COPY











                        U.S. $200,000,000

                         CREDIT AGREEMENT

                    Dated as of June 30, 1994

                              Among

                        M.A. HANNA COMPANY

                           as Borrower

                               and

                      THE BANKS NAMED HEREIN

                             as Banks

                               and

                          CITIBANK, N.A.

                             as Agent
<PAGE>








                T A B L E   O F   C O N T E N T S


Section                                                   Page


                            ARTICLE I
                 DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

 1.01      Certain Defined Terms......................       1
 1.02      Computation of Time Periods................       15
 1.03      Accounting Terms...........................       15
 1.04      Other Definitional Provisions..............       15


                            ARTICLE II
                AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES

 2.01      Promise to Repay; Evidence of Debt.........       15
 2.02      The Revolving Advances.....................       16
 2.03      Making the Revolving Advances..............       17
 2.04      The Competitive Bid Advances...............       19
 2.05      Facility Fee...............................       23
 2.06      Reduction of the Commitments...............       24
 2.07      Repayment of Revolving Advances............       24
 2.08      Interest on Advances.......................       24
 2.09      Interest Rate Determination................       25
 2.10      Prepayments of Revolving Advances..........       25
 2.11      Increased Costs............................       26
 2.12      Payments and Computations..................       27
 2.13      Taxes......................................       28
 2.14      Sharing of Payments, Etc...................       30


                           ARTICLE III
                      CONDITIONS OF LENDING

 3.01      Conditions Precedent to Initial Advances...       31
 3.02      Conditions Precedent to Each Borrowing.....       32
 3.03      Conditions Precedent to Each Competitive...
             Bid Borrowing............................       32


                            ARTICLE IV
                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 4.01      Representations and Warranties of the
             Borrower.................................       33
<PAGE>








Section                                                   Page


                            ARTICLE V
                    COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

 5.01      Affirmative Covenants......................       36
 5.02      Negative Covenants.........................       40


                            ARTICLE VI
                        EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 6.01      Events of Default..........................       43


                           ARTICLE VII
                            THE AGENT

 7.01      Authorization and Action...................       46
 7.02      Agent's Reliance, Etc......................       46
 7.03      Citibank and Affiliates....................       47
 7.04      Lender Credit Decision.....................       47
 7.05      Indemnification............................       47
 7.06      Successor Agent............................       48
 7.07      Agent's Fee................................       48


                           ARTICLE VIII
                          MISCELLANEOUS

 8.01      Amendments, Etc............................       48
 8.02      Notices, Etc...............................       49
 8.03      No Waiver; Remedies........................       50
 8.04      Costs, Expenses and Taxes..................       50
 8.05      Right of Set-off...........................       51
 8.06      Binding Effect.............................       51
 8.07      Assignments, Designations and
             Participations...........................       51
 8.08      Governing Law..............................       56
 8.09      Execution in Counterparts..................       56
 8.10      Collateral.................................       56
 8.11      Survival of Warranties and Agreements......       57
 8.12      Limitation of Liability....................       57
 8.13      Confidentiality............................       57
 8.14      Certain Consents and Waivers of the
             Borrower.................................       58
 8.15      Waiver of Jury Trial.......................       58





                               -ii-
<PAGE>







Exhibit A-1 -  Form of Revolving Note

Exhibit A-2 -  Form of Competitive Bid Note

Exhibit B-1 -  Notice of Revolving Borrowing

Exhibit B-2 -  Notice of Competitive Bid Borrowing

Exhibit C -    Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit D -   Form of Designation Agreement

Exhibit E -    Form of Opinion of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue,
                 Counsel for the Borrower

Exhibit F -    Form of Opinion of Sidley & Austin,
                 Counsel for the Agent


Schedule I -   List of Applicable Lending Offices

Schedule II -  Existing Liens
































                              -iii-












                          CREDIT AGREEMENT

           CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of June 30, 1994 (as amended,
 supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this
 "Agreement") among M.A. HANNA COMPANY, a Delaware corporation
 (the "Borrower"), the financial institutions (the "Banks") listed
 on the signature pages hereof and CITIBANK, N.A. ("Citibank"), as
 agent (together with any successor Agent appointed hereunder, the
 "Agent") for the Lenders hereunder.  The parties hereto agree as
 follows:


                             ARTICLE I
                  DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

           SECTION 1.01.  Certain Defined Terms.  In addition to
 the terms defined above, as used in this Agreement, the following
 terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be
 equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the
 terms defined):

           "Adjusted Eurodollar Rate" means, for any Interest
      Period for each Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advance comprising
      part of the same Revolving Borrowing, an interest rate per
      annum equal to the rate per annum obtained by dividing (a)
      the rate of interest determined by the Agent to be the
      average (rounded upward to the nearest whole multiple of
      1/16 of 1% per annum, if such average is not such a
      multiple) of the rate per annum at which deposits in U.S.
      dollars are offered by the principal office of each of the
      Reference Banks in London, England to prime banks in the
      London interbank market at 11:00 A.M. (London time) two
      Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period
      in an amount substantially equal to such Reference Bank's
      Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advance comprising part of such
      Revolving Borrowing and for a period equal to such Interest
      Period by (b) a percentage equal to 100% minus the Adjusted
      Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage for such Interest Period.
      The Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for any Interest Period for
      each Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advance comprising part of the
      same Revolving Borrowing shall be determined by the Agent on
      the basis of applicable rates furnished to and received by
      the Agent from the Reference Banks two Business Days before
      the first day of such Interest Period, subject, however, to
      the provisions of Section 2.09.

           "Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advance" means a Revolving
      Advance which bears interest as provided in Section
      2.08(a)(ii).

           "Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage" of any
      Lender for any Interest Period for any Adjusted Eurodollar
 <PAGE>






      Rate Advance means the reserve percentage applicable two
      Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period
      under regulations issued from time to time by the Federal
      Reserve Board for determining the maximum reserve
      requirement (including, without limitation, any emergency,
      supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) for such
      Lender with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of
      or including Eurocurrency Liabilities having a term equal to
      such Interest Period.

           "Adjusted Net Worth" means at any date (i) the
      Consolidated stockholders' equity of the Borrower and its
      Consolidated Subsidiaries, determined as of such date in
      accordance with GAAP, plus (ii) to the extent shown as a
      reduction in determining such Consolidated stockholders'
      equity, (x) all write-downs resulting from foreign currency
      translations and (y) the minimum pension liability
      adjustment shown as a reduction of stockholders' equity in
      accordance with Financial Accounting Statement No. 87,
      "Employers' Accounting for Pensions".

           "Advance" means a Revolving Advance or a Competitive
      Bid Advance.

           "Affiliate" means, as to any Person, any other Person
      that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or
      is under common control with such Person or is a director or
      officer of such Person.

           "Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin" shall mean

           (i) a rate equal to 0.225% per annum for any day on
      which each of Majority Usage and Level I Status exists,

           (ii) a rate equal to 0.125% per annum for any day on
      which Level I Status, but not Majority Usage, exists,

           (iii) a rate equal to 0.325% per annum for any day on
      which each of Majority Usage and Level II Status exists,

           (iv) a rate equal to 0.225% per annum for any day on
      which Level II Status, but not Majority Usage, exists,

           (v) a rate equal to 0.375% per annum for any day on
      which each of Majority Usage and Level III Status exists,

           (vi) a rate equal to 0.275% per annum for any day on
      which Level III Status, but not Majority Usage, exists,

           (vii) a rate equal to 0.475% per annum for any day on
      which each of Majority Usage and Level IV Status exists,




                                -2-
 <PAGE>






           (viii) a rate equal to 0.375% per annum for any day on
      which Level IV Status, but not Majority Usage, exists,

           (ix) a rate equal to 0.60% per annum for any day on
      which each of Majority Usage and Level V Status exists and

           (x) a rate equal to 0.50% per annum with respect to any
      Interest Period during which Level V Status, but not
      Majority Usage, exists.

           "Applicable Lending Office" means, with respect to each
      Lender, such Lender's Domestic Lending Office in the case of
      a Base Rate Advance and such Lender's Eurodollar Lending
      Office in the case of an Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advance
      and, in the case of a Competitive Bid Advance, the office of
      such Lender notified by such Lender to the Agent as its
      Applicable Lending Office with respect to such Competitive
      Bid Advance.

           "Assignment and Acceptance" means an assignment and
      acceptance entered into by a Lender and an Eligible
      Assignee, and accepted by the Agent, in substantially the
      form of Exhibit C hereto.

           "Base Rate" means, for any period, a fluctuating
      interest rate per annum as shall be in effect from time to
      time which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the
      highest of:

                (a)  the rate of interest announced publicly by
           Citibank in New York, New York, from time to time, as
           Citibank's base rate;

                (b)  the sum (adjusted to the nearest 1/4 of one
           percent or, if there is no nearest 1/4 of one percent,
           to the next higher 1/4 of one percent) of (i) 1/2 of
           one percent per annum plus (ii) the rate obtained by
           dividing (A) the latest three-week moving average of
           secondary market morning offering rates in the United
           States for three-month certificates of deposit of major
           United States money market banks, such three-week
           moving average being determined weekly on each Monday
           (or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next
           succeeding Business Day) for the three-week period
           ending on the previous Friday by the Agent on the basis
           of such rates reported by certificate of deposit
           dealers to and published by the Federal Reserve Bank of
           New York or, if such publication shall be suspended or
           terminated, on the basis of quotations for such rates
           received by the Agent from three New York certificate
           of deposit dealers of recognized standing selected by
           the Agent, by (B) a percentage equal to 100% minus the
           average of the daily percentages specified during such


                                -3-
 <PAGE>






           three-week period by the Federal Reserve Board for
           determining the maximum reserve requirement (including,
           but not limited to, any emergency, supplemental or
           other marginal reserve requirement) for Citibank in
           respect of liabilities consisting of or including
           (among other liabilities) three-month U.S. dollar
           nonpersonal time deposits in the United States, plus
           (iii) the average during such three-week period of the
           daily net annual assessment rates estimated by Citibank
           for determining the current annual assessment payable
           by Citibank to the Federal Deposit Insurance
           Corporation (or any successor) for insuring U.S. dollar
           deposits of Citibank in the United States; or

                (c)  for any day 1/2 of one percent per annum
           above the Federal Funds Rate.

           "Base Rate Advance" means a Revolving Advance which
      bears interest as provided in Section 2.08(a)(i).

           "Borrowing" means a Revolving Borrowing or a
      Competitive Bid Borrowing.

           "Business Day" means a day of the year on which banks
      are not required or authorized to close in New York City
      and, if the applicable Business Day relates to any Adjusted
      Eurodollar Rate Advances, on which dealings are carried on
      in the London interbank market.

           "Claim" means any claim or demand, by any Person, of
      whatsoever kind or nature for any alleged Liabilities and
      Costs, whether based in contract, tort, implied or express
      warranty, strict liability, criminal or civil statute,
      Permit, ordinance or regulation, common law or otherwise.

           "Closing Date" shall mean the date on which the initial
      Borrowing is made hereunder.

           "Competitive Bid Advance" means an advance by a Lender
      to the Borrower as part of a Competitive Bid Borrowing
      resulting from the auction bidding procedure described in
      Section 2.04.

           "Competitive Bid Borrowing" means a borrowing
      consisting of simultaneous Competitive Bid Advances from
      each of the Lenders whose offer to make one or more
      Competitive Bid Advances as part of such borrowing has been
      accepted by the Borrower under the auction bidding procedure
      described in Section 2.04.

           "Competitive Bid Note" means a promissory note of the
      Borrower payable to the order of any Lender, in
      substantially the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto (with such


                                -4-
 <PAGE>






      formal changes as are appropriate in the judgment of such
      Lender to reflect the terms of a Competitive Bid Advance
      that bears interest at other than a fixed rate), evidencing
      the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting
      from a Competitive Bid Advance made by such Lender.

           "Competitive Bid Reduction" has the meaning specified
      in Section 2.02.

           "Commitment" has the meaning specified in Section 2.02.

           "Consolidated" refers to the consolidation of accounts
      in accordance with GAAP, including principles of
      consolidation, consistent with those applied in the
      preparation of the Consolidated financial statements
      referred to in Section 4.01(e).

           "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period,
      with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a
      Consolidated basis, total interest expense, whether paid or
      accrued (without duplication), including the interest
      component of obligations in respect of capital leases.

           "Contaminant" means any pollutant, hazardous substance,
      radioactive substance, toxic substance, hazardous waste,
      radioactive waste, special waste, petroleum or petroleum-
      derived substance or waste, asbestos, polychlorinated
      biphenyls (PCBs), or any hazardous or toxic constituent
      thereof and includes, but is not limited to, these terms as
      defined in Environmental, Health or Safety Requirements of
      Law.

           "Debt" of any Person means at any date (i) all
      indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the
      deferred purchase price of property, (ii) all obligations of
      such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other
      similar instruments, (iii) all indebtedness created or
      arising under any conditional sale or other title retention
      agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person
      (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender
      under such agreement in the event of default are limited to
      repossession or sale of such property), (iv) all obligations
      of such Person as lessee under leases which shall have been
      or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital
      leases, (v) all obligations of such Person under direct or
      indirect guaranties in respect of, and all obligations
      (contingent or otherwise) of such Person to purchase or
      otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against
      loss in respect of, Debt of others and (vi) all Debt secured
      by a lien, mortgage or security interest on any asset of
      such Person, whether or not such Debt is otherwise an
      obligation of such Person.



                                -5-
 <PAGE>






           "Default" means any Event of Default or any event that
      would constitute an Event of Default but for the requirement
      that notice be given or time elapse or both.

           "Designated Bidder" means (i) an Eligible Assignee or
      (ii) a special purpose corporation which is engaged in
      making, purchasing or otherwise investing in commercial
      loans in the ordinary course of its business and that issues
      (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated at
      least Prime-1 (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody's or
      A-1 (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, that, in either
      case, (A) is organized under the laws of the United States
      or any State thereof, (B) shall have become a party hereto
      pursuant to Section 8.07(d) through (f) and (C) is not
      otherwise a Lender.

           "Designation Agreement" means a designation agreement
      entered into by a Lender (other than a Designated Bidder)
      and a Designated Bidder, and accepted by the Agent, in
      substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto.

           "Domestic Lending Office" means, with respect to any
      Lender, the office of such Lender specified as its "Domestic
      Lending Office" opposite its name on Schedule I hereto or in
      the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a
      Lender, or such other office of such Lender as such Lender
      may from time to time specify to the Borrower and the Agent.

           "EBIT" means, for any period on a Consolidated basis
      for the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, (i) the
      sum of the amounts for such period of (A) Consolidated net
      income (or loss), (B) Consolidated Interest Expense,
      (C) charges for federal, state, local and foreign income
      taxes and (D) extraordinary and non-operating losses (in
      each case on a pre-tax basis) which have been deducted in
      the calculation of Consolidated net income (or loss), minus
      (ii) extraordinary and non-operating income (in each case on
      a pre-tax basis).

           "Eligible Assignee" means (i) a commercial bank
      organized under the laws of the United States, or any State
      thereof, and having total assets in excess of $3,000,000,000
      and a combined capital and surplus of at least $150,000,000;
      (ii) a savings and loan association or savings bank
      organized under the laws of the United States, or any State
      thereof, and having a combined capital and surplus of at
      least $300,000,000; (iii) a commercial bank organized under
      the laws of any other country which is a member of the OECD,
      or a political subdivision of any such country, and that
      either (x) has total assets in excess of $3,000,000,000 and
      a combined capital and surplus of at least $150,000,000 or
      (y) is acceptable to the Borrower and the Agent, provided in
      each case that such bank is acting through a branch or


                                -6-
 <PAGE>






      agency located in the country in which it is organized or
      another country which is also a member of the OECD; (iv) the
      central bank of any country which is a member of the OECD;
      and (v) a finance company, insurance company or other
      financial institution or fund (whether a corporation,
      partnership or other entity) which is engaged in making,
      purchasing or otherwise investing in commercial loans in the
      ordinary course of its business, and having total assets in
      excess of $3,000,000,000.

           "Environmental, Health or Safety Requirements of Law"
      means all valid and enforceable Requirements of Law derived
      from or relating to federal, state and local laws or
      regulations relating to or addressing the environment,
      health or safety, including but not limited to any law,
      regulation, or order relating to the use, handling, or
      disposal of any Contaminant, any law, regulation, or order
      relating to Remedial Action and any law, regulation, or
      order relating to workplace or worker safety and health, and
      such Requirements of Law as are promulgated by the
      specifically authorized agent responsible for administering
      such requirements.

           "Environmental Lien" means a Lien in favor of any
      Governmental Authority for any (i) liabilities under any
      Environmental, Health or Safety Requirements of Law or
      (ii) damages arising from, or costs incurred by such
      Governmental Authority in response to, a Release or
      threatened Release of a Contaminant into the environment.

           "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security
      Act of 1974 and the rules and regulations thereunder,
      collectively, as the same may from time to time be
      supplemented or amended and remain in effect.

           "ERISA Affiliate" means any Person that for purposes of
      Title IV of ERISA is a member of the Borrower's controlled
      group, or under common control with the Borrower, within the
      meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code and the
      regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

           "ERISA Event" means (a) a reportable event, within the
      meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA, unless the 30-day notice
      requirement with respect thereto has been waived by the
      PBGC; (b) the imposition of an obligation on the Borrower or
      any ERISA Affiliate to provide affected parties with written
      notice of intent to terminate a Plan in a distress
      termination described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA; (c) the
      partial or complete withdrawal of the Borrower or any ERISA
      Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan; (d) the withdrawal by
      the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate from a Plan during a plan
      year for which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate was a
      substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of


                                -7-
 <PAGE>






      ERISA; (e) the failure by the Borrower or any ERISA
      Affiliate to make a payment to a plan required under Section
      302(f)(1) of ERISA; (f) the adoption of an amendment to a
      Plan requiring the provision of security to such Plan,
      pursuant to Section 307 of ERISA; or (g) the institution by
      the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Plan, pursuant to
      Section 4042 of ERISA, or the occurrence of any event or
      condition that reasonably could constitute grounds under
      Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the
      appointment of a trustee to administer, a Plan.

           "ERISA Group" means all members of a controlled group
      of corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not
      incorporated) under common control which, together with the
      Borrower, are treated as a single employer under Section 414
      of the Internal Revenue Code.

           "Eurocurrency Liabilities" has the meaning assigned to
      that term in Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board, as
      in effect from time to time.

           "Eurodollar Lending Office" means, with respect to any
      Lender, the office of such Lender specified as its
      "Eurodollar Lending Office" opposite its name on Schedule I
      hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which
      it became a Lender (or, if no such office is specified, its
      Domestic Lending Office), or such other office of such
      Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify to the
      Borrower and the Agent.

           "Events of Default" has the meaning specified in
      Section 6.01.

           "Existing Agreement" means the Credit Agreement dated
      as of September 15, 1989 among the Borrower, the banks named
      therein and Citibank, as agent, as amended, modified and
      supplemented prior to the date hereof.

           "Existing Liens" means the Liens existing on the date
      hereof upon or with respect to Property owned by the
      Borrower and its Subsidiaries and specified on Schedule II
      hereto.

           "Facility Fee" has the meaning specified in
      Section 2.05.

           "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any period, a
      fluctuating interest rate per annum equal for each day
      during such period to the weighted average of the rates on
      overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the
      Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as
      published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business
      Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal


                                -8-
 <PAGE>






      Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so
      published for any day which is a Business Day, the average
      of the quotations for such day on such transactions received
      by the Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized
      standing selected by it.

           "Federal Reserve Board" means the Board of Governors of
      the Federal Reserve System or any successor thereto.

           "Fee Anticipation Letter" means the letter dated
      May 17, 1994 from Citibank addressed to and acknowledged by
      the Borrower relating to the anticipated amounts of certain
      fees and expenses payable by the Borrower.

           "Fee Letter" means the letter dated May 17, 1994 from
      Citibank addressed to and acknowledged by the Borrower
      relating to certain fees payable to Citibank.

           "GAAP" has the meaning specified in Section 1.03.

           "Governmental Authority" means any nation or govern-
      ment, any federal, state, local or other political sub-
      division thereof and any entity exercising executive,
      legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative
      functions of or pertaining to government.

           "Insufficiency" means, with respect to any Plan, the
      amount, if any, by which the present value of the vested
      accrued benefits under such Plan, as determined using the
      actuarial assumptions then used for the purpose of
      determining the contributions to be made to such Plan,
      exceeds the fair market value of the assets of such Plan
      allocable to such benefits, provided that, with respect to
      any Multiple Employer plan with respect to which an election
      under Section 412(c)(4)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code has
      been made, Insufficiency shall mean the portion of any such
      excess that is allocable to the Borrower or any ERISA
      Affiliate pursuant to the procedures in effect from time to
      time with respect to such Multiple Employer Plan for the
      allocation of such excess among the employers with respect
      to such Multiple Employer Plan.

           "Interest Period" means, for each Revolving Advance
      comprising part of the same Revolving Borrowing, the period
      commencing on the date of such Revolving Advance and ending
      on the last day of the period selected by the Borrower
      pursuant to the provisions below.  The duration of each such
      Interest Period shall be (a) in the case of a Base Rate
      Advance, any number of days up to 30 days or 1,2,3 or 6
      months and (b) in the case of an Adjusted Eurodollar Rate
      Advance, 1, 2, 3, 6 or, subject to availability, 12 months,
      in each case as the Borrower may select in the Notice of
      Borrowing for such Advance; provided, however, that:


                                -9-
 <PAGE>






                (i)  the duration of any Interest Period which
           commences before the Termination Date and would
           otherwise end after the Termination Date shall end on
           the Termination Date;

               (ii)  Interest Periods commencing on the same date
           for Revolving Advances comprising part of the same
           Revolving Borrowing shall be of the same duration; and

              (iii)  whenever the last day of any Interest Period
           would otherwise occur on a day other than a Business
           Day, the last day of such Interest Period shall be
           extended to occur on the next succeeding Business Day,
           provided, in the case of any Interest Period for an
           Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advance, that if such
           extension would cause the last day of such Interest
           Period to occur in the next following calendar month,
           the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the
           next preceding Business Day.

           "Internal Revenue Code" means the United States
      Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor
      statute.

           "Lenders" means the Banks listed on the signature pages
      hereof, each Eligible Assignee that shall become a party
      hereto pursuant to Section 8.07(a), (b) and (c) and, except
      when used in reference to a Revolving Advance, a Revolving
      Borrowing, a Revolving Note, a Commitment or a related term,
      each Designated Bidder.

           "Level I Status" exists at any date if, at such date,
      the Borrower's outstanding senior unsecured long-term debt
      (without third-party credit enhancement) is rated either A-
      (or the then equivalent grade) or higher by S&P or A3 (or
      the then equivalent grade) or higher by Moody's.

           "Level II Status" exists at any date if, at such date,
      (i) the Borrower's outstanding senior unsecured long-term
      debt (without third-party credit enhancement) is rated
      either BBB+ (or the then equivalent grade) or higher by S&P
      or Baa1 (or the then equivalent grade) or higher by Moody's
      and (ii) Level I Status does not exist.

           "Level III Status" exists at any date if, at such date,
      (i) the Borrower's outstanding senior unsecured long-term
      debt (without third-party credit enhancement) is rated
      either BBB (or the then equivalent grade) or higher by S&P
      or Baa2 (or the then equivalent grade) or higher by Moody's
      and (ii) neither Level I Status nor Level II Status exists.

           "Level IV Status" exists at any date if, at such date,
      (i) the Borrower's outstanding senior unsecured long-term


                                -10-
 <PAGE>






      debt (without third-party credit enhancement) is rated
      either BBB- (or the then equivalent grade) or higher by S&P
      or Baa3 (or the then equivalent grade) or higher by Moody's
      and (ii) none of Level I Status, Level II Status or Level
      III Status exists.

           "Level V Status" exists at any date if, at such date,
      none of Level I Status, Level II Status, Level III Status or
      Level IV Status exists.

           "Liabilities and Costs" means all direct or indirect,
      known or unknown, absolute or contingent, past, present or
      future liabilities, costs, expenses, obligations,
      responsibilities, damages (including, without limitation,
      punitive, economic, consequential and treble damages) and
      losses (including, without limitation, attorney, expert and
      consulting fees and costs of investigation, feasibility or
      Remedial Action studies, and fines, penalties and monetary
      sanctions and interest) with respect to or arising out of
      any of the following:  personal injury, death, intentional,
      willful or wanton injury, damage or threat to the
      environment, natural resources or public health or welfare.

           "Lien" means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge,
      hypothecation, assignment, conditional sale agreement,
      deposit arrangement, security interest, encumbrance, lien
      (statutory or other), preference, priority or other security
      agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature
      whatsoever in respect of any property of a Person, whether
      granted voluntarily or imposed by law, and includes the
      interest of a lessor under a lease which shall have been or
      should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as a capital
      lease, or under any financing lease having substantially the
      same economic effect as any of the foregoing and the filing
      of any financing statement or similar notice (other than a
      financing statement filed by a "true" lessor pursuant to
      S 9-408 of the Uniform Commercial Code), naming the owner of
      such property as debtor, under the Uniform Commercial Code
      or other comparable law of any jurisdiction.

           "Loan Account" has the meaning specified in
      Section 2.01(b).

           "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Notes, the
      Fee Letter, the Fee Anticipation Letter and all other
      written agreements between the Borrower and the Agent or any
      Lender delivered to the Agent or such Lender pursuant to or
      in connection with this Agreement.

           "Majority Lenders" means at any time Lenders holding at
      least 51% of the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of
      the Revolving Notes held by Lenders, or, if no such
      principal amount is then outstanding, Lenders having at


                                -11-
 <PAGE>






      least 51% of the Commitments (provided that, for purposes
      hereof, neither the Borrower, nor any of its Affiliates, if
      a Lender, shall be included in (i) the Lenders holding such
      amount of the Revolving Advances or having such amount of
      the Commitments or (ii) determining the aggregate unpaid
      principal amount of the Revolving Advances or the total
      Commitments).

           "Majority Usage" exists at any date if, at such date,
      the outstanding principal amount of the Advances is greater
      than 50% of the then existing Commitments.

           "Margin Stock" shall have the meaning assigned to that
      term in Regulation G and Regulation U.

           "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse
      effect upon (i) the condition (financial or otherwise),
      operations or Property of the Borrower, individually, or of
      the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (ii)
      the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement,
      any Note or any of the other Loan Documents.

           "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., and
      its successors.

           "Multiemployer Plan" means a "multiemployer plan" as
      defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Borrower
      or any ERISA Affiliate is making or accruing an obligation
      to make contributions or has within any of the preceding
      three plan years made or accrued an obligation to make
      contributions.

           "Multiple Employer Plan" means an employee benefit
      plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, subject to Title IV
      of ERISA to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, and
      one or more employers other than the Borrower or an ERISA
      Affiliate, is making or accruing an obligation to make
      contributions or, in the event that any such plan has been
      terminated, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate
      made or accrued an obligation to make contributions during
      any of the five plan years preceding the date of termination
      of such plan.

           "Note" means a Revolving Note or a Competitive Bid
      Note.

           "Notice of Competitive Bid Borrowing" has the meaning
      specified in Section 2.04(a).

           "Notice of Revolving Borrowing" has the meaning
      specified in Section 2.03(a).




                                -12-
 <PAGE>






           "OECD" means the Organization for Economic Cooperation
      and Development.

           "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
      or any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions
      under ERISA.

           "Permits" means any permit, approval, authorization
      license, variance, or permission required from a
      Governmental Authority under an applicable Requirement of
      Law.

           "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation
      (including a business trust), joint stock company, trust,
      unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity,
      or a government or any political subdivision or agency
      thereof.

           "Plan" means a pension plan (other than a Multiemployer
      Plan) which is covered by Title IV of ERISA and (i) with
      respect to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is or
      has been accruing or is or has been obligated to accrue
      contributions or (ii) which is providing benefits for
      employees (including former employees) of the Borrower or
      any ERISA Affiliate in respect of such employees' or former
      employees' employment with the Borrower or an ERISA
      Affiliate.

           "Property" means any real or personal property, plant,
      building, facility, structure, underground storage tank or
      unit, equipment, inventory, general intangible, or other
      asset owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of
      its Subsidiaries, as applicable (including any surface water
      thereon or adjacent thereto, and soil and groundwater
      thereunder).

           "Reference Banks" means Citibank, NBD Bank, N.A. and
      PNC Bank, National Association.

           "Register" has the meaning specified in
      Section 8.07(g).

           "Regulation G" means Regulation G of the Federal
      Reserve Board, as in effect from time to time.

           "Regulation T" means Regulation T of the Federal
      Reserve Board, as in effect from time to time.

           "Regulation U" means Regulation U of the Federal
      Reserve Board, as in effect from time to time.

           "Regulation X" means Regulation X of the Federal
      Reserve Board, as in effect from time to time.


                                -13-
 <PAGE>






           "Release" means release, spill, emission, leaking,
      pumping, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal,
      leaching or migration into the indoor or outdoor environment
      or into or out of any Property, including the movement of
      Contaminants through or in the air, soil, surface water,
      groundwater or Property.

           "Remedial Action" means actions required to (i) clean
      up, remove, treat or in any other way address Contaminants
      in the indoor or outdoor environment; (ii) prevent the
      Release or threat of Release or minimize the further Release
      of Contaminants; or (iii) investigate and determine if a
      remedial response is needed and to design such a response
      and post-remedial investigation, monitoring, operation and
      maintenance and care.

           "Requirements of Law" means, as to any Person, the
      charter and by-laws or other organizational or governing
      documents of such Person, and any law, rule or regulation,
      or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other
      Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or
      binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which
      such Person or any of its property is subject including,
      without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, the
      Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, Regulation G,
      Regulation T, Regulation U and Regulation X, ERISA, the Fair
      Labor Standards Act and any certificate of occupancy, zoning
      ordinance, building, or land use requirement or Permit or
      labor or employment rule or regulation, including Environ-
      mental, Health or Safety Requirements of Law.

           "Revolving Advance" means an advance by a Lender to the
      Borrower as part of a Revolving Borrowing and refers to a
      Base Rate Advance or an Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advance,
      each of which shall be a "Type" of Revolving Advance.

           "Revolving Borrowing" means a borrowing consisting of
      simultaneous Revolving Advances of the same Type made by
      each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.02.

           "Revolving Note" means a promissory note of the
      Borrower payable to the order of any Lender, in
      substantially the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, evidencing the
      aggregate indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender
      resulting from the Revolving Advances made by such Lender.

           "S&P" means Standard and Poor's Corporation, and its
      successors.

           "Subsidiary" of any Person means any corporation,
      partnership, joint venture, trust or estate of which (or in
      which) more than 50% of



                                -14-
 <PAGE>






                (a)  the outstanding capital stock having ordinary
           voting power to elect a majority of the Board of
           Directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether
           or not at the time capital stock of any other class or
           classes of such corporation shall or might have voting
           power upon the occurrence of any contingency),

                (b)  the interest in the capital or profits of
           such partnership or joint venture, or

                (c)  the beneficial interest of such trust or
           estate,

      is at the time directly or indirectly (through one or more
      other Subsidiaries of such Person) owned or controlled by
      such Person.

           "Termination Date" means June 29, 1998 or the earlier
      date of termination in whole of the Commitments pursuant to
      Section 2.06 or 6.01.

           "Withdrawal Liability" means a liability in respect of
      a complete withdrawal or partial withdrawal from a
      Multiemployer Plan, as described in Part I of Subtitle E of
      Title IV of ERISA.

           SECTION 1.02.  Computation of Time Periods.  In this
 Agreement in the computation of periods of time from a specified
 date to a later specified date, the word "from" means "from and
 including" and the words "to" and "until" each means "to but
 excluding".

           SECTION 1.03.  Accounting Terms.  All accounting terms
 not specifically defined herein shall be construed in  accordance
 with generally accepted accounting principles consistent with
 those applied in the preparation of the financial statements
 referred to in Section 4.01(e) ("GAAP").

           1.04.  Other Definitional Provisions.  References to
 "Articles", "Sections", "subsections", "Schedules" and "Exhibits"
 shall be to Articles, Sections, subsections, Schedules and
 Exhibits, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise
 specifically provided.  The words "hereof", "herein", and
 "hereunder" and words of similar import when used in this
 Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any
 particular provision of this Agreement.


                             ARTICLE II
                 AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES

           SECTION 2.01.  Promise to Repay; Evidence of Debt.  (a)
 The Borrower hereby agrees to pay when due the principal amount


                                -15-
 <PAGE>






 of each Advance, and further agrees to pay all unpaid interest
 accrued thereon, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement
 and the Notes applicable to such Advance.  The Borrower shall
 execute and deliver to each Lender a Revolving Note on the
 Closing Date and a Competitive Bid Note in connection with any
 Competitive Bid Advance made pursuant to Section 2.04 and,
 thereafter, shall execute and deliver such other Revolving Notes
 and Competitive Bid Notes as are necessary to evidence the
 Revolving Advances or the Competitive Bid Advances, as the case
 may be, owing to the Lenders after giving effect to any
 assignment thereof pursuant to Section 8.07.

           (b)  Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its
 usual practice an account or accounts (a "Loan Account")
 evidencing the amounts due with respect to each Revolving Advance
 and Competitive Bid Advance made by such Lender from time to
 time, including the amount of principal and interest payable and
 paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

           (c)  Control Account.  The Register maintained by the
 Agent pursuant to Section 8.07(g) shall include a control
 account, and a subsidiary account for each Lender, which accounts
 (taken together) shall record (i) the date and amount of each
 Revolving Advance and Competitive Bid Advance made hereunder, the
 Type of Advance comprising each Revolving Advance and the
 Interest Period applicable thereto and the terms of each
 Competitive Bid Advance, (ii) the terms of each Assignment and
 Acceptance and Designation Agreement delivered to and accepted by
 the Agent, (iii) the amount of any principal or interest due and
 payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each
 Lender hereunder and (iv) the amount of any sum received by the
 Agent from the Borrower hereunder and each Lender's share
 thereof.

           (d)  Entries Binding.  The entries made in the Register
 and each Loan Account shall be conclusive and binding for all
 purposes, in the absence of manifest error.

           SECTION 2.02.  The Revolving Advances.  Each Lender
 severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set
 forth, to make Revolving Advances to the Borrower from time to
 time on any Business Day during the period from the date hereof
 until the Termination Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed
 at any time outstanding the amount set opposite such Lender's
 name on the signature pages hereof or, if such Lender has entered
 into any Assignment and Acceptance, set forth for such Lender in
 the Register maintained by the Agent pursuant to Section 8.07(g),
 in either case, as such amount may be reduced or modified
 pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (such Lender's
 "Commitment"), provided that the aggregate amount of the
 Commitments of the Lenders shall be deemed used from time to time
 to the extent of the aggregate amount of the Competitive Bid
 Advances then outstanding and such deemed usage of the aggregate


                                -16-
 <PAGE>






 amount of the Commitments shall be applied to the Lenders ratably
 according to their respective Commitments (such deemed usage of
 the aggregate amount of the Commitments being a "Competitive
 Bid Reduction").  Each Revolving Borrowing shall be in an
 aggregate amount not less than $10,000,000 or an integral
 multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, and shall consist of
 Revolving Advances of the same Type made on the same day by the
 Lenders ratably according to their respective Commitments.
 Within the limits of each Lender's Commitment, the Borrower may
 from time to time borrow, repay pursuant to Section 2.07, prepay
 pursuant to Section 2.10(b) and reborrow under this Section 2.02.

           SECTION 2.03.  Making the Revolving Advances.  (a)
 Each Revolving Borrowing shall be made on notice, given not later
 than (i) 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business
 Day prior to the date of the proposed Revolving Borrowing in the
 case of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advances and
 (ii) 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date of the proposed
 Revolving Borrowing in the case of Base Rate Advances, by the
 Borrower to the Agent, which shall give to each Lender prompt
 notice thereof by telecopier, telex or cable.  Each such notice
 of a Revolving Borrowing (a "Notice of Revolving Borrowing")
 shall be by telecopier, telex or cable, confirmed immediately in
 writing, in substantially the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto,
 specifying therein the requested (i) date of such Revolving
 Borrowing, (ii) Type of Revolving Advances comprising such
 Revolving Borrowing, (iii) aggregate amount of such Revolving
 Borrowing and (iv) in the case of a Revolving Borrowing comprised
 of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advances, the initial Interest Period
 for each such Revolving Advance.  Each Lender shall, before
 (i) 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date of such Revolving
 Borrowing in the case of a Revolving Borrowing consisting of
 Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advances and (ii) 2:00 P.M. (New York
 City time) on the date of such Revolving Borrowing in the case of
 a Revolving Borrowing consisting of Base Rate Advances, make
 available for the account of its Applicable Lending Office to the
 Agent at its address referred to in Section 8.02, in same day
 funds, such Lender's ratable portion of such Revolving Borrowing.
 After the Agent's receipt of such funds and upon fulfillment of
 the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, the Agent
 will make such funds available to the Borrower at the Agent's
 aforesaid address.

           (b)  Anything in subsection (a) above to the contrary
 notwithstanding,

          (i)  if any Lender shall, at least one Business Day
      before the date of any requested Revolving Borrowing, notify
      the Agent that the introduction of or any change in or in
      the interpretation of any law or regulation makes it
      unlawful, or that any central bank or other Governmental
      Authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender or
      its Eurodollar Lending Office to perform its obligations


                                -17-
 <PAGE>






      hereunder to make Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advances or to
      fund or maintain Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advances
      hereunder, (x) the right of the Borrower to select Adjusted
      Eurodollar Rate Advances for such Revolving Borrowing or any
      subsequent Revolving Borrowing shall be suspended until such
      Lender shall notify the Agent that the circumstances causing
      such suspension no longer exist, and each Revolving Advance
      comprising such Revolving Borrowing shall be a Base Rate
      Advance, and (y) the Borrower shall forthwith prepay in full
      all Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advances of all Lenders then
      outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon;

          (ii)  if fewer than two Reference Banks furnish timely
      information to the Agent for determining the Adjusted
      Eurodollar Rate for any Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advances
      comprising any requested Revolving Borrowing, the right of
      the Borrower to select Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advances for
      such Revolving Borrowing or any subsequent Revolving
      Borrowing shall be suspended until the Agent shall notify
      the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances causing
      such suspension no longer exist, and each Revolving Advance
      comprising such Revolving Borrowing shall be a Base Rate
      Advance;

          (iii)  if the Majority Lenders shall, at least one
      Business Day before the date of any requested Revolving
      Borrowing, notify the Agent that the Adjusted Eurodollar
      Rate for Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advances comprising such
      Revolving Borrowing will not adequately reflect the cost to
      such Majority Lenders of making, funding or maintaining
      their respective Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advances for such
      Revolving Borrowing, the right of the Borrower to select
      Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advances for such Revolving
      Borrowing or any subsequent Revolving Borrowing shall be
      suspended until the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the
      Lenders that the circumstances causing such suspension no
      longer exist, and each Revolving Advance comprising such
      Revolving Borrowing shall be a Base Rate Advance; and

          (iv)  at least three Business Days prior to the delivery
      to the Agent pursuant to Section 2.03(a) of a Notice of
      Revolving Borrowing requesting any Revolving Borrowing
      consisting of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advances with an
      Interest Period of 12 months, the Borrower shall notify the
      Agent of such proposed Revolving Borrowing and set forth the
      information required by Section 2.03(a) with respect
      thereto.  The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the
      Borrower's intention to select such 12 month Interest
      Period.  If, at least one Business Day prior to the day on
      which such Notice of Revolving Borrowing is otherwise
      required to be delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section
      2.03(a), a Lender notifies the Agent that such Lender is not
      willing to fund its Revolving Advance for such 12 month


                                -18-
 <PAGE>






      Interest Period, the Agent shall so advise the Borrower and
      the Borrower shall select an alternative Interest Period
      with a duration of less than 12 months for such Revolving
      Borrowing.

           (c)  Each Notice of Revolving Borrowing shall be
 irrevocable and binding on the Borrower.  In the case of any
 Revolving Borrowing which the related Notice of Revolving
 Borrowing specifies is to be comprised of Adjusted Eurodollar
 Rate Advances, the Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against
 any loss, cost or expense incurred by such Lender as a result of
 any failure to fulfill on or before the date specified in such
 Notice of Revolving Borrowing for such Revolving Borrowing the
 applicable conditions set forth in Article III, including,
 without limitation, any loss (including loss of anticipated
 profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation
 or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such
 Lender to fund the Revolving Advance to be made by such Lender as
 part of such Revolving Borrowing when such Revolving Advance, as
 a result of such failure, is not made on such date.

           (d)  Unless the Agent shall have received notice from a
 Lender prior to the time of any Revolving Borrowing that such
 Lender will not make available to the Agent such Lender's ratable
 portion of such Revolving Borrowing, the Agent may assume that
 such Lender has made such portion available to the Agent on the
 date of such Revolving Borrowing in accordance with subsection
 (a) of this Section 2.03 and the Agent may, in reliance upon such
 assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a
 corresponding amount.  If and to the extent that such Lender
 shall not have so made such ratable portion available to the
 Agent, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to repay to
 the Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together
 with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is
 made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is
 repaid to the Agent, at (i) in the case of the Borrower, the
 interest rate applicable at the time to Revolving Advances
 comprising such Revolving Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such
 Lender, the Federal Funds Rate.  If such Lender shall repay to
 the Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall
 constitute such Lender's Revolving Advance as part of such
 Revolving Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.

           (e)  The failure of any Lender to make the Revolving
 Advance to be made by it as part of any Revolving Borrowing shall
 not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder
 to make its Revolving Advance on the date of such Revolving
 Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of
 any other Lender to make the Revolving Advance to be made by such
 other Lender on the date of any Revolving Borrowing.

           SECTION 2.04.  The Competitive Bid Advances.  (a)  Each
 Lender severally agrees that the Borrower may make Competitive


                                -19-
 <PAGE>






 Bid Borrowings under this Section 2.04 from time to time on any
 Business Day during the period from the date hereof until the
 date occurring 30 days prior to the Termination Date in the
 manner set forth below; provided that, following the making of
 each Competitive Bid Borrowing, the aggregate amount of the
 Advances then outstanding shall not exceed the aggregate amount
 of the Commitments of the Lenders (computed without regard to any
 Competitive Bid Reduction).

           (i)  The Borrower may request a Competitive Bid
      Borrowing under this Section 2.04 by delivering to the
      Agent, by telecopier, telex or cable, confirmed immediately
      in writing, a notice of a Competitive Bid Borrowing (a
      "Notice of Competitive Bid Borrowing"), in substantially the
      form of Exhibit B-2 hereto, specifying the date and
      aggregate amount of the proposed Competitive Bid Borrowing,
      the maturity date for repayment of each Competitive Bid
      Advance to be made as part of such Competitive Bid Borrowing
      (which maturity date may not be earlier than the date
      occurring 30 days after the date of such Competitive Bid
      Borrowing or later than the Termination Date), the interest
      payment date or dates relating thereto, and any other terms
      to be applicable to such Competitive Bid Borrowing, not
      later than 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) (A) at least one
      Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Competitive
      Bid Borrowing, if the Borrower shall specify in the Notice
      of Competitive Bid Borrowing that the rates of interest to
      be offered by the Lenders shall be fixed rates per annum and
      (B) at least four Business Days prior to the date of the
      proposed Competitive Bid Borrowing, if the Borrower shall
      instead specify in the Notice of Competitive Bid Borrowing
      the basis to be used by the Lenders in determining the rates
      of interest to be offered by them.  The Borrower shall pay
      to the Agent in connection with each request for a
      Competitive Bid Borrowing, promptly after receipt of an
      invoice therefor, a competitive bid administrative fee in
      the amount specified in the Fee Letter.  The Agent shall in
      turn promptly notify each Lender of each request for a
      Competitive Bid Borrowing received by it from the Borrower
      by sending such Lender a copy of the related Notice of
      Competitive Bid Borrowing.

          (ii)  Each Lender may, if, in its sole discretion, it
      elects to do so, irrevocably offer to make one or more
      Competitive Bid Advances to the Borrower as part of such
      proposed Competitive Bid Borrowing at a rate or rates of
      interest specified by such Lender in its sole discretion, by
      notifying the Agent (which shall give prompt notice thereof
      to the Borrower), before 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) (A)
      on the date of such proposed Competitive Bid Borrowing, in
      the case of a Notice of Competitive Bid Borrowing delivered
      pursuant to clause (A) of paragraph (i) above and (B) three
      Business Days before the date of such proposed Competitive


                                -20-
 <PAGE>






      Bid Borrowing, in the case of a Notice of Competitive Bid
      Borrowing delivered pursuant to clause (B) of paragraph (i)
      above, of the minimum amount and maximum amount of each
      Competitive Bid Advance which such Lender would be willing
      to make as part of such proposed Competitive Bid Borrowing
      (which amounts may, subject to the proviso to the first
      sentence of this Section 2.04(a), exceed such Lender's
      Commitment), the rate or rates of interest therefor
      (specified to the nearest 1/10,000th of 1%) and such
      Lender's Applicable Lending Office with respect to such
      Competitive Bid Advance; provided that if the Agent in its
      capacity as a Lender shall, in its sole discretion, elect to
      make any such offer, it shall notify the Borrower of such
      offer before 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date on
      which notice of such election is to be given to the Agent by
      the other Lenders.  If any Lender shall elect not to make
      such an offer, such Lender shall so notify the Agent, before
      10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date on which notice
      of such election is to be given to the Agent by the other
      Lenders, and such Lender shall not be obligated to, and
      shall not, make any Competitive Bid Advance as part of such
      Competitive Bid Borrowing; provided that the failure by any
      Lender to give such notice shall not cause such Lender to be
      obligated to make any Competitive Bid Advance as part of
      such proposed Competitive Bid Borrowing.  It is understood
      and agreed that the Borrower may not accept any offer to
      make a Competitive Bid Advance if such offer is not made on
      a timely basis or otherwise fails to comply with the
      requirements of this Agreement.

         (iii)  The Borrower shall, in turn, (A) before 11:00 A.M.
      (New York City time) on the date of such proposed
      Competitive Bid Borrowing, in the case of a Notice of
      Competitive Bid Borrowing delivered pursuant to clause (A)
      of paragraph (i) above and (B) before 1:00 P.M. (New York
      City time) three Business Days before the date of such
      proposed Competitive Bid Borrowing, in the case of a Notice
      of Competitive Bid Borrowing delivered pursuant to clause
      (B) of paragraph (i) above, either

                (x) cancel such Competitive Bid Borrowing by
           giving the Agent notice to that effect, or

                (y)  accept one or more of the offers made by any
           Lender or Lenders pursuant to paragraph (ii) above, in
           ascending order, from the lowest cost to the highest
           cost acceptable to the Borrower in its sole discretion
           (subject, if necessary, to ratable allocation between
           or among Lenders offering the same interest rates), by
           giving notice to the Agent of the amount of each
           Competitive Bid Advance (which amount shall be equal to
           or greater than the minimum amount, and equal to or
           less than the maximum amount, notified to the Borrower


                                -21-
 <PAGE>






           by the Agent on behalf of such Lender for such
           Competitive Bid Advance pursuant to paragraph (ii)
           above) to be made by each Lender as part of such
           Competitive Bid Borrowing, and reject any remaining
           offers made by Lenders pursuant to paragraph (ii) above
           by giving the Agent notice to that effect, provided
           that the aggregate principal amount of each Competitive
           Bid Borrowing may not exceed the applicable amount
           requested in the relevant Notice of Competitive Bid
           Borrowing.

          (iv)  If the Borrower notifies the Agent that such
      Competitive Bid Borrowing is cancelled pursuant to paragraph
      (iii)(x) above, the Agent shall give prompt notice thereof
      to the Lenders and such Competitive Bid Borrowing shall not
      be made.

           (v)  If the Borrower accepts one or more of the offers
      made by any Lender or Lenders pursuant to paragraph (iii)(y)
      above, the Agent shall in turn promptly notify (A) each
      Lender that has made an offer as described in paragraph (ii)
      above, of the date and aggregate amount of such Competitive
      Bid Borrowing and whether or not any offer or offers made by
      such Lender pursuant to paragraph (ii) above have been
      accepted by the Borrower, (B) each Lender that is to make a
      Competitive Bid Advance as part of such Competitive Bid
      Borrowing, of the amount of each Competitive Bid Advance to
      be made by such Lender as part of such Competitive Bid
      Borrowing and (C) each Lender that is to make a Competitive
      Bid Advance as part of such Competitive Bid Borrowing, upon
      receipt, that the Agent has received forms of documents
      appearing to fulfill the applicable conditions set forth in
      Article III.  Each Lender that is to make a Competitive Bid
      Advance as part of such Competitive Bid Borrowing shall,
      before 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the date of such
      Competitive Bid Borrowing specified in the notice received
      from the Agent pursuant to clause (A) of the preceding
      sentence or any later time when such Lender shall have
      received notice from the Agent pursuant to clause (C) of the
      preceding sentence, make available for the account of its
      Applicable Lending Office to the Agent at its address
      referred to in Section 8.02 such Lender's portion of such
      Competitive Bid Borrowing, in same day funds.  Upon
      fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in
      Article III and after receipt by the Agent of such funds,
      the Agent will make such funds available to the Borrower at
      the Agent's aforesaid address.  Promptly after each
      Competitive Bid Borrowing the Agent will notify each Lender
      of the amount of the Competitive Bid Borrowing, the
      consequent Competitive Bid Reduction and the dates upon
      which such Competitive Bid Reduction commenced and will
      terminate.



                                -22-
 <PAGE>






           (b)  Each Competitive Bid Borrowing shall be in an
 aggregate amount not less than $10,000,000 or an integral
 multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and, following the
 making of each Competitive Bid Borrowing, the Borrower shall be
 in compliance with the limitation set forth in the proviso to the
 first sentence of subsection (a) above.

           (c)  Within the limits and on the conditions set forth
 in this Section 2.04, the Borrower may from time to time borrow
 under this Section 2.04, repay or prepay pursuant to subsection
 (d) below, and reborrow under this Section 2.04, provided that a
 Competitive Bid Borrowing shall not be made within three Business
 Days of the date of any other Competitive Bid Borrowing.

           (d)  The Borrower shall repay to the Agent for the
 account of each Lender which has made a Competitive Bid Advance,
 or each other holder of a Competitive Bid Note, on the maturity
 date of each Competitive Bid Advance (such maturity date being
 that specified by the Borrower for repayment of such Competitive
 Bid Advance in the related Notice of Competitive Bid Borrowing
 delivered pursuant to subsection (a)(i) above and provided in the
 Competitive Bid Note evidencing such Competitive Bid Advance),
 the then unpaid principal amount of such Competitive Bid Advance.
 The Borrower shall have no right to prepay any principal amount
 of any Competitive Bid Advance unless, and then only on the
 terms, specified by the Borrower for such Competitive Bid Advance
 in the related Notice of Competitive Bid Borrowing delivered
 pursuant to subsection (a)(i) above and set forth in the
 Competitive Bid Note evidencing such Competitive Bid Advance.

           (e)  The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid
 principal amount of each Competitive Bid Advance from the date of
 such Competitive Bid Advance to the date the principal amount of
 such Competitive Bid Advance is repaid in full, at the rate of
 interest for such Competitive Bid Advance specified by the Lender
 making such Competitive Bid Advance in its notice with respect
 thereto delivered pursuant to subsection (a)(ii) above, payable
 on the interest payment date or dates specified by the Borrower
 for such Competitive Bid Advance in the related Notice of
 Competitive Bid Borrowing delivered pursuant to subsection (a)(i)
 above, as provided in the Competitive Bid Note evidencing such
 Competitive Bid Advance.

           (f)  The indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from
 each Competitive Bid Advance made to the Borrower as part of a
 Competitive Bid Borrowing shall be evidenced by a separate
 Competitive Bid Note of the Borrower payable to the order of the
 Lender making such Competitive Bid Advance.

           SECTION 2.05.  Facility Fee.  The Borrower agrees to
 pay to the Agent for the account of each Lender (other than the
 Designated Bidders) a facility fee (the "Facility Fee") on the
 maximum amount of such Lender's Commitment (regardless of


                                -23-
 <PAGE>






 utilization) from the date hereof in the case of each Bank and
 from the effective date specified in the Assignment and
 Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender in the case of
 each other Lender until the Termination Date at a rate of (i)
 0.125% per annum during any period in which the Borrower has
 maintained Level I Status, (ii) 0.15% per annum during any period
 in which the Borrower has maintained Level II Status, (iii)
 0.175% per annum during any period in which the Borrower has
 maintained Level III Status, (iv) 0.225% per annum during any
 period in which the Borrower has maintained Level IV Status and
 (v) 0.50% per annum during any period in which the Borrower has
 maintained Level V Status, payable on the last day of each
 calendar quarter, commencing September 30, 1994, and on the
 Termination Date.

           SECTION 2.06.  Reduction of the Commitments.  The
 Borrower shall have the right, upon at least three Business Days'
 notice to the Agent, irrevocably to terminate in whole or reduce
 ratably in part the respective Commitments of the Lenders,
 provided that the aggregate amount of the Commitments of the
 Lenders shall not be reduced to an amount which is less than the
 aggregate principal amount of the Advances then outstanding and
 provided, further, that each partial reduction shall be in the
 aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or an integral multiple of
 $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

           SECTION 2.07.  Repayment of Revolving Advances.  The
 Borrower shall repay the principal amount of each Revolving
 Advance made by each Lender on the last day of the Interest
 Period for such Advance.

           SECTION 2.08.  Interest on Advances.  (a)  Ordinary
 Interest.  The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid
 principal amount of each Revolving Advance made by each Lender
 from the date of such Revolving Advance until such principal
 amount shall be paid in full, at the following rates per annum:

           (i)  Base Rate Advances.  If such Revolving Advance is
      a Base Rate Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times to
      the Base Rate in effect from time to time, payable quarterly
      on the last day of each calendar quarter and on the date
      such Base Rate Advance shall be paid in full.

          (ii)  Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advances.  If such
      Revolving Advance is a Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advance, a
      rate per annum equal at all times during the Interest Period
      for such Revolving Advance to the sum of the Adjusted
      Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable
      Eurodollar Rate Margin in effect from time to time, payable
      on the last day of such Interest Period and, if such
      Interest Period has a duration of more than three months, on
      each day which occurs during such Interest Period every
      three months from the first day of such Interest Period.


                                -24-
 <PAGE>






           (b)  Default Interest.  If any amount of principal of
 an Advance is not paid when due (whether at stated maturity, by
 acceleration or otherwise), then

           (x)  the principal amount of each Advance shall bear
      interest, from the date on which such amount is due until
      such amount is paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate
      per annum equal at all times to the greater of (1) 2% per
      annum above the rate per annum required to be paid on such
      Advance immediately prior to the date on which such amount
      became due and (2) 2% per annum above the Base Rate in
      effect from time to time and

           (y)  all interest, fees and other amounts payable
      hereunder which are not paid when due shall bear interest,
      from the date on which any such amount referred to in this
      clause (y) is due until such amount is paid in full, payable
      on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2% per
      annum above the Base Rate in effect from time to time.

           SECTION 2.09.  Interest Rate Determination.  (a)  Each
 Reference Bank agrees to furnish to the Agent timely information
 for the purpose of determining each Adjusted Eurodollar Rate.  If
 any one of the Reference Banks shall not furnish such timely
 information to the Agent for the purpose of determining any such
 interest rate, but subject to Section 2.03(b)(ii), the Agent
 shall determine such interest rate on the basis of timely
 information furnished by the remaining Reference Banks.

           (b)  The Agent shall give prompt notice to the Borrower
 and the Lenders of the applicable interest rate determined by the
 Agent for purposes of Section 2.08(a)(ii), and the applicable
 rate, if any, furnished by each Reference Bank for the purpose of
 determining the applicable interest rate under Section
 2.08(a)(ii).

           SECTION 2.10.  Prepayments of Revolving Advances.  (a)
 The Borrower shall have no right to prepay any principal amount
 of any Advances other than as provided in subsection (b) below.

           (b)  The Borrower may, upon at least three Business
 Days' notice to the Agent (in the case of Adjusted Eurodollar
 Rate Advances), and upon one Business Day's notice to the Agent
 (in the case of Base Rate Advances), in each case stating the
 proposed date and aggregate principal amount of the prepayment,
 and if such notice is given the Borrower shall, prepay the
 outstanding principal amounts of the Advances comprising part of
 the same Revolving Borrowing in whole or ratably in part,
 together with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on
 the principal amount prepaid; provided, however, that (x) each
 partial prepayment shall be in an aggregate principal amount not
 less than $5,000,000 and (y) in the case of any such prepayment
 of an Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Advance, the Borrower shall be


                                -25-
 <PAGE>






 obligated to reimburse the Lenders in respect thereof pursuant to
 Section 8.04(b).

           SECTION 2.11.  Increased Costs.  (a)  If, due to either
 (i) the introduction of or any change (other than any change by
 way of imposition or increase of reserve requirements included in
 the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage) in or in the
 interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) the compliance
 with any guideline or request from any central bank or other
 Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law),
 there shall be any increase in the cost to any Lender of agreeing
 to make or making, funding or maintaining Adjusted Eurodollar
 Rate Advances, then the Borrower shall from time to time, upon
 demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Agent),
 pay to the Agent for the account of such Lender additional
 amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender for such increased
 cost; provided that, before making any such demand, each Lender
 agrees to use its best efforts (consistent with its internal
 policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate a
 different Applicable Lending office if the making of such a
 designation would avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of,
 such increased cost and would not, in the reasonable judgment of
 such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.  A
 certificate as to the amount of such increased cost, submitted to
 the Borrower and the Agent by such Lender, shall be conclusive
 and binding for all purposes, in the absence of manifest error.

           (b)  If any Lender (other than the Designated Bidders)
 determines that compliance with any law or regulation or any
 guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental
 Authority (whether or not having the force of law) affects or
 would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be
 maintained by such Lender or any corporation controlling such
 Lender and that the amount of such capital is increased by or
 based upon the existence of such Lender's commitment to lend
 hereunder and other commitments of this type, then, upon demand
 by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Agent), the
 Borrower shall immediately pay to the Agent for the account of
 such Lender, from time to time as specified by such Lender,
 additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender or such
 corporation in the light of such circumstances, to the extent
 that such Lender reasonably determines such increase in capital
 to be allocable to the existence of such Lender's commitment to
 lend hereunder.  A certificate as to such amounts submitted to
 the Borrower and the Agent by such Lender shall be conclusive and
 binding for all purposes, in the absence of manifest error.

           (c)  Except as provided in this subsection (c), failure
 on the part of any Lender to demand compensation for any
 increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable or
 reduction in return on capital with respect to any period shall
 not constitute a waiver of such Lender's right to demand
 compensation with respect to any other period.  The protection of


                                -26-
 <PAGE>






 this Section 2.11 shall be available to each Lender regardless of
 any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of
 the law, rule, regulation, guideline or other change or condition
 which shall have occurred or been imposed so long as it shall be
 customary for Lenders affected thereby to comply therewith.  No
 Lender shall be entitled to compensation under this Section 2.11
 for any costs incurred or reductions suffered with respect to any
 date unless it shall have notified the Borrower that it will
 demand compensation for such costs or reductions not more than 90
 days after the later of (i) such date and (ii) the date on which
 it shall have become aware of such costs or reductions. In the
 event the Borrower shall reimburse any Lender pursuant to this
 Section 2.11 for any cost and the Lender shall subsequently
 receive a refund in respect thereof, the Lender shall so notify
 the Borrower and, upon the Borrower's request, will pay to the
 Borrower the portion of such refund which it shall determine in
 good faith to be allocable to the cost so reimbursed.

           SECTION 2.12.  Payments and Computations.  (a)  The
 Borrower shall make each payment hereunder and under the Notes
 not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the day when
 due in U.S. dollars to the Agent at its address referred to in
 Section 8.02 in immediately available funds.  The Agent will
 promptly thereafter cause to be distributed like funds relating
 to the payment of principal or interest or the Facility Fee
 ratably (other than amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.04,
 2.11, 2.13 or 8.04(b)) to the Lenders for the account of their
 respective Applicable Lending Offices, and like funds relating to
 the payment of any other amount payable to any Lender to such
 Lender for the account of its Applicable Lending Office, in each
 case to be applied in accordance with the terms of this
 Agreement.  Upon its acceptance of an Assignment and Acceptance
 and recording of the information contained therein in the
 Register pursuant to Section 8.07(g), from and after the
 effective date specified in such Assignment and Acceptance, the
 Agent shall make all payments hereunder and under the Notes in
 respect of the interest assigned thereby to the Lender assignee
 thereunder, and the parties to such Assignment and Acceptance
 shall make all appropriate adjustments in such payments for
 periods prior to such effective date directly between themselves.

           (b)  The Borrower hereby authorizes each Lender, if and
 to the extent payment owed to such Lender is not made when due
 hereunder or under any Note held by such Lender, to charge from
 time to time against any or all of the Borrower's general deposit
 accounts with such Lender any amount so due.

           (c)  All computations of interest pursuant to clauses
 (i) or (ii) of the definition of Base Rate shall be made by the
 Agent on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may
 be, and all computations of interest based on the Adjusted
 Eurodollar Rate or the Federal Funds Rate and of the Facility Fee
 shall be made by the Agent on the basis of a year of 360 days, in


                                -27-
 <PAGE>






 each case for the actual number of days (including the first day
 but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which
 such interest or Facility Fee is payable.  Each determination by
 the Agent of an interest rate hereunder shall be conclusive and
 binding for all purposes, in the absence of manifest error.

           (d)  Whenever any payment hereunder or under the Notes
 shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day,
 such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day,
 and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the
 computation of payment of interest or the Facility Fee, as the
 case may be; provided, however, if such extension would cause
 payment of interest on or principal of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate
 Advances to be made in the next following calendar month, such
 payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day.

           (e)  Unless the Agent shall have received notice from
 the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the
 Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment in
 full, the Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such
 payment in full to the Agent on such date and the Agent may, in
 reliance upon such assumption, cause to be distributed to each
 Lender on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due
 such Lender.  If and to the extent that the Borrower shall not
 have so made such payment in full to the Agent, each Lender shall
 repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such amount distributed to
 such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from the
 date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date
 such Lender repays such amount to the Agent, at the Federal Funds
 Rate.

           SECTION 2.13.  Taxes.  (a)  Any and all payments by the
 Borrower hereunder or under the Notes shall be made, in
 accordance with Section 2.12, free and clear of and without
 deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies,
 imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities
 with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Lender and
 the Agent, taxes imposed on its net income, and franchise taxes
 imposed on it, by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such
 Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) is organized or any
 political subdivision thereof and, in the case of each Lender,
 taxes imposed on its net income, and franchise taxes imposed on
 it, by the jurisdiction of such Lender's Applicable Lending
 Office or any political subdivision thereof (all such
 non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges,
 withholdings and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as
 "Taxes").  If the Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any
 Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under
 any Note to any Lender or the Agent, (i) the sum payable shall be
 increased as may be necessary so that after making all required
 deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums
 payable under this Section 2.13) such Lender or the Agent (as the
 case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have


                                -28-
 <PAGE>






 received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower
 shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the
 full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other
 authority in accordance with applicable law.

           (b)  In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any
 present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise
 or property taxes, charges or similar levies which arise from any
 payment made hereunder or under the Notes or from the execution,
 delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this
 Agreement or the Notes (hereinafter referred to as "Other
 Taxes").

           (c)  The Borrower will indemnify each Lender and the
 Agent for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including,
 without limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any
 jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 2.13) paid by
 such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) and any liability
 (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or
 with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes
 were correctly or legally asserted.  This indemnification shall
 be made within 30 days from the date such Lender or the Agent (as
 the case may be) makes written demand therefor.

           (d)  Within 30 days after the date of any payment of
 Taxes, the Borrower will furnish to the Agent, at its address
 referred to in Section 8.02, the original or a certified copy of
 a receipt evidencing payment thereof.  If no Taxes are payable in
 respect of any payment hereunder or under the Notes, the Borrower
 will furnish to the Agent, at such address, a certificate from
 each appropriate taxing authority, or an opinion of counsel
 acceptable to the Agent, in either case stating that such payment
 is exempt from or not subject to Taxes.

           (e)  Each Lender organized under the laws of a
 jurisdiction outside the United States, on or prior to the date
 of its execution and delivery of this Agreement in the case of
 each initial Lender and on the date of the Assignment and
 Acceptance pursuant to which it becomes a Lender in the case of
 each other Lender, and from time to time thereafter if requested
 in writing by the Borrower (but only so long as such Lender
 remains lawfully able to do so), shall provide the Borrower with
 Internal Revenue Service form 1001 or 4224, as appropriate, or
 any successor form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service,
 certifying that such Lender is entitled to benefits under an
 income tax treaty to which the United States is a party which
 reduces the rate of withholding tax on payments of interest or
 certifying that the income receivable pursuant to this Agreement
 is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business
 in the United States.  If the form provided by a Lender at the
 time such Lender first becomes a party to this Agreement
 indicates a United States interest withholding tax rate in excess



                                -29-
 <PAGE>






 of zero, withholding tax at such rate shall be considered
 excluded from "Taxes" as defined in Section 2.13(a).

           (f)  For any period with respect to which a Lender has
 failed to provide the Borrower with the appropriate form
 described in Section 2.13(e) (other than if such failure is due
 to a change in law occurring subsequent to the date on which a
 form originally was required to be provided, or if such form
 otherwise is not required under the first sentence of subsection
 (e) above), such Lender shall not be entitled to indemnification
 under Section 2.13(a) with respect to Taxes imposed by the United
 States; provided, however, that should a Lender become subject to
 Taxes because of its failure to deliver a form required
 hereunder, the Borrower shall take such steps as the Lender shall
 reasonably request to assist the Lender to recover such Taxes.

           (g)  Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of this
 Agreement, in the event that a Lender that originally provided
 such form as may be required under Section 2.13(e) thereafter
 ceases to qualify for complete exemption from United States
 withholding tax, such Lender may assign its interest under this
 Agreement to any assignee and such assignee shall be entitled to
 the same benefits under this Section 2.13 as the assignor
 provided that the rate of United States withholding tax
 applicable to such assignee shall not exceed the rate then
 applicable to the assignor.

           (h)  Without prejudice to the survival of any other
 agreement of the Borrower hereunder, the agreements and
 obligations of the Borrower contained in this Section 2.13 shall
 survive the payment in full of principal and interest hereunder
 and under the Notes.

           (i)  Any Lender claiming any additional amounts payable
 pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall use its best efforts
 (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory
 restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its Applicable
 Lending Office if the making of such a change would avoid the
 need for, or reduce the amount of, any such additional amounts
 which may thereafter accrue and would not, in the reasonable
 judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such
 Lender.  A certificate of any Lender claiming compensation under
 this Section 2.13 shall be conclusive and binding for all
 purposes, in the absence of manifest error.

           SECTION 2.14.  Sharing of Payments, Etc.  If any Lender
 shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through
 the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) on account of
 the Revolving Advances made by it (other than pursuant to Section
 2.11 or 2.13) in excess of its ratable share of payments on
 account of the Revolving Advances obtained by all the Lenders,
 such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders such
 participations in the Revolving Advances made by them as shall be


                                -30-
 <PAGE>






 necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess
 payment ratably with each of them, provided, however, that if all
 or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered
 from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from each Lender shall
 be rescinded and such Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender
 the purchase price to the extent of such recovery together with
 an amount equal to such Lender's ratable share (according to the
 proportion of (i) the amount of such Lender's required repayment
 to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender)
 of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing
 Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered.  The Borrower
 agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another
 Lender pursuant to this Section 2.14 may, to the fullest extent
 permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including
 the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully
 as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the
 amount of such participation.


                            ARTICLE III
                       CONDITIONS OF LENDING

           SECTION 3.01.  Conditions Precedent to Initial
 Advances.  The obligation of each Lender (other than the
 Designated Bidders) to make its initial Advance is subject to the
 conditions precedent that (a) the Closing Date shall have
 occurred on or prior to June 29, 1994, (b) all fees and expenses
 payable to the Agent pursuant to the Fee Letter or to the Agent
 and the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement on or prior to the
 Closing Date shall have been paid in full, (c) the Borrower shall
 have repaid or prepaid or cause to be repaid or prepaid all
 Advances (as defined in the Existing Agreement) and the interest
 thereon and all fees, expenses and other amounts payable by the
 Borrower under the Existing Agreement, and the unused Commitments
 (as defined in the Existing Agreement) of the Lenders (as defined
 in the Existing Agreement), determined after giving effect to the
 repayment of all such Advances, shall have been reduced to zero
 and (d) the Agent shall have received on or before the day of
 such initial Borrowing the following, each dated as of the
 Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and
 (except for the Revolving Notes) in sufficient copies for each
 Lender:

           (a)  A Revolving Note payable to the order of each
      Lender in the principal amount of such Lender's Commitment.

           (b)  Certified copies of the resolutions of the Board
      of Directors of the Borrower approving this Agreement and
      the Notes, and of all documents evidencing other necessary
      corporate action and governmental approvals, if any, with
      respect to this Agreement and the Notes.




                                -31-
 <PAGE>






           (c)  A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant
      Secretary of the Borrower certifying the names and true
      signatures of the officers of the Borrower authorized to
      sign this Agreement and the Notes and the other documents to
      be delivered hereunder.

           (d)  A favorable opinion of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue,
      counsel for the Borrower, substantially in the form of
      Exhibit E hereto and as to such other matters as any Lender
      through the Agent may reasonably request.

           (e)  A favorable opinion of Sidley & Austin, counsel
      for the Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit F
      hereto.

           SECTION 3.02.  Conditions Precedent to Each Borrowing.
 The obligation of each Lender to make a Revolving Advance on the
 occasion of each Revolving Borrowing (including the initial
 Revolving Borrowing) shall be subject to the further conditions
 precedent that the Agent shall have received the Notice of
 Revolving Borrowing with respect thereto and that on the date of
 such Borrowing (a) the following statements shall be true (and
 each of the giving of the applicable Notice of Revolving
 Borrowing and the acceptance by the Borrower of the proceeds of
 such Revolving Borrowing shall constitute a representation and
 warranty by the Borrower that on the date of such Revolving
 Borrowing such statements are true):

           (i)  the representations and warranties contained in
      Section 4.01 (excluding (except with respect to the initial
      Advance hereunder) those contained in subsections (f), (g)
      and (k) thereof) are correct on and as of the date of such
      Revolving Borrowing, before and after giving effect to such
      Revolving Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds
      therefrom, as though made on and as of such date, and

          (ii)  no Default has occurred and is continuing, or
      would result from such Revolving Borrowing or from the
      application of the proceeds therefrom;

 and (b) the Agent shall have received such other approvals,
 opinions or documents as any Lender (other than the Designated
 Bidders) through the Agent may reasonably request.

           SECTION 3.03.  Conditions Precedent to Each Competitive
 Bid Borrowing.  The obligation of each Lender which is to make a
 Competitive Bid Advance on the occasion of a Competitive Bid
 Borrowing (including the initial Competitive Bid Borrowing) to
 make such Competitive Bid Advance as part of such Competitive Bid
 Borrowing is subject to the conditions precedent that (i) the
 Agent shall have received the written confirmatory Notice of
 Competitive Bid Borrowing with respect thereto, (ii) on or before
 the date of such Competitive Bid Borrowing, but prior to such


                                -32-
 <PAGE>






 Competitive Bid Borrowing, the Agent shall have received a
 Competitive Bid Note payable to the order of such Lender for each
 of the one or more Competitive Bid Advances to be made by such
 Lender as part of such Competitive Bid Borrowing, in a principal
 amount equal to the principal amount of the Competitive Bid
 Advance to be evidenced thereby and otherwise on such terms as
 were agreed to for such Competitive Bid Advance in accordance
 with Section 2.04 and (iii) on the date of such Competitive Bid
 Borrowing the following statements shall be true (and each of the
 giving of the applicable Notice of Competitive Bid Borrowing and
 the acceptance by the Borrower of the proceeds of such
 Competitive Bid Borrowing shall constitute a representation and
 warranty by the Borrower that on the date of such Competitive Bid
 Borrowing such statements are true):

           (a)  the representations and warranties contained in
      Section 4.01 (excluding (except with respect to any
      Competitive Bid Advance to be made on the Closing Date)
      those contained in subsections (f), (g) and (k) thereof) are
      correct on and as of the date of such Competitive Bid
      Borrowing, before and after giving effect to such
      Competitive Bid Borrowing and to the application of the
      proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date,

           (b)  no Default has occurred and is continuing, or
      would result from such Competitive Bid Borrowing or from the
      application of the proceeds therefrom and

           (c)  no event has occurred and no circumstance exists
      as a result of which the information concerning the Borrower
      that has been provided to the Agent and each Lender by the
      Borrower in connection herewith would include an untrue
      statement of a material fact or omit to state any material
      fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained
      therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
      were made, not misleading.


                             ARTICLE IV
                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

           SECTION 4.01.  Representations and Warranties of the
 Borrower.  The Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

           (a)  Corporate Existence.  The Borrower is a
      corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
      standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

           (b)  Corporate Authorization.  The execution, delivery
      and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, the Notes
      and the other Loan Documents are within the Borrower's
      corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary



                                -33-
 <PAGE>






      corporate action, and do not contravene, or constitute a
      default under, (i) the Borrower's charter or by-laws, or
      (ii) any other Requirement of Law or (iii) any agreement,
      contractual restriction or other instrument binding on or,
      to the Borrower's knowledge, affecting the Borrower or
      result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any
      material asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

           (c)  Governmental Authorization.  No authorization or
      approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing
      with, any Governmental Authority is required for the due
      execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this
      Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document.

           (d)  Binding Effect.  This Agreement is, and the Notes
      and the other Loan Documents when delivered hereunder will
      be, legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower
      enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their
      respective terms.

           (e)  Financial Information.  The balance sheets of the
      Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at
      December 31, 1993 and March 31, 1994, respectively, and the
      related statements of income, cash flows and (in the case of
      such fiscal year only) stockholders' equity of the Borrower
      and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended
      December 31, 1993 and the fiscal quarter ended March 31,
      1994, copies of which have been furnished to each Bank,
      fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and
      its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at each such date and the
      results of the operations and cash flows of the Borrower and
      its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the period ended on each
      such date, all in accordance with generally accepted
      accounting principles consistently applied.

           (f)  No Changes, etc.  Since December 31, 1993, except
      for possible changes relating to the Borrower's roofing
      business segment, which appears in the financial statements
      of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the
      fiscal year ended December 31, 1993 as a discontinued
      operation, there has occurred no event which has had or is
      reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

           (g)  Litigation.  There is no pending or threatened
      action or proceeding affecting the Borrower or any of its
      Subsidiaries before any Governmental Authority or
      arbitrator, which has had or is reasonably likely to have a
      Material Adverse Effect.

           (h)  Compliance with Margin Regulations.  The Borrower
      is not engaged in the business of extending credit for the
      purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, and no
      proceeds of any Advance have been used in violation of any


                                -34-
 <PAGE>






      Requirement of Law (including, without limitation,
      Regulation G, Regulation T, Regulation U and Regulation X).
      At no time would more than 25% of the value of the assets of
      the Borrower or the Borrower and its Consolidated
      Subsidiaries that are subject to any "arrangement" (as such
      term is used in Section 221.2(g) of Regulation U) hereunder
      be represented by Margin Stock.

           (i)  Investment Company.  The Borrower is not an
      "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment
      Company Act of 1940, as amended.

           (j)  ERISA Matters.  (i)  Each member of the ERISA
      Group has fulfilled its obligations under the minimum
      funding standards of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code
      with respect to each Plan and is in compliance in all
      material respects with the presently applicable provisions
      of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code, and has not incurred
      any liability to the PBGC or a Plan under Title IV of ERISA
      that has not been paid in full other than a liability to the
      PBGC for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA.

                (ii)  No ERISA Event which might result in
      liability to the PBGC (other than for premiums payable under
      Title IV of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to
      occur with respect to any Plan.

                (iii)  Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the
      annual report (Form 5500 Series) with respect to each Plan
      whose liabilities are in excess of its assets by an amount
      greater than $100,000, copies of which have been filed with
      the Internal Revenue Service prior to the date hereof and
      furnished to the Agent and the Lenders listed on the
      signature pages hereof, is complete and accurate and fairly
      presents the funding status and financial condition of such
      Plan, and since the date of such Schedule B there has been
      no material adverse change in such funding status or
      financial condition.

                (iv)  As of the date of this Agreement, neither
      the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or is
      reasonably expected to incur, any Withdrawal Liability which
      has not been paid in full to any Multiemployer Plan (other
      than Withdrawal Liabilities, if any, which in the aggregate
      are immaterial or nominal).

                (v)  As of the date of this Agreement, neither the
      Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has received any
      notification that any Multiemployer Plan is in
      reorganization or has been terminated, within the meaning of
      Title IV of ERISA, and no Multiemployer Plan is reasonably
      expected to be in reorganization or to be terminated within
      the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, which reorganization or


                                -35-
 <PAGE>






      termination would result in any liability of the Borrower or
      any ERISA Affiliate (other than liabilities, if any, which
      in the aggregate are immaterial or nominal).

           (k)  Environmental Matters.  Neither the Borrower nor
      any of its Subsidiaries has received notice or otherwise
      obtained knowledge of any Claim, demand, action, event,
      condition, report or investigation indicating or concerning
      any potential or actual liability which individually or in
      the aggregate has had or is reasonably likely to have a
      Material Adverse Effect arising in connection with (i) any
      non-compliance with or violation of any Environmental,
      Health or Safety Requirements of Law or (ii) the Release or
      threatened Release of any Contaminant into the environment.
      None of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or any of their
      respective operations or present or past Property are
      subject to any investigation by, or any judicial or
      administrative proceeding, order, judgment, decree or
      settlement alleging or addressing (i) a violation of any
      Environmental, Health or Safety Requirement of Law; (ii) any
      Remedial Action; or (iii) any Claims or Liabilities and
      Costs arising from the Release or threatened Release of a
      Contaminant into the environment, which (in any such case
      referred to in the preceding clauses (i), (ii) or (iii)) has
      had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
      Effect, nor has the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
      received any notice of any of the foregoing which the
      Borrower in good faith believes is reasonably likely to have
      a Material Adverse Effect.  No Environmental Lien has
      attached to any Property of the Borrower or any of its
      Subsidiaries which has had or is reasonably likely to have a
      Material Adverse Effect.


                             ARTICLE V
                     COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

           SECTION 5.01.  Affirmative Covenants.  So long as any
 Note shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment
 hereunder, the Borrower agrees that, unless the Majority Lenders
 shall otherwise consent in writing:

           (a)  Compliance with Laws, Etc.  The Borrower will
      comply, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, in all
      material respects with all applicable Requirements of Law.

           (b)  Preservation of Corporate Existence.  The Borrower
      will preserve and maintain, and cause each of its
      Subsidiaries to preserve and maintain, its corporate
      existence, corporate rights (charter and statutory), and
      corporate franchises; provided, however, that neither the
      Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to
      preserve any right or franchise if the Board of Directors of


                                -36-
 <PAGE>






      the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall determine that the
      preservation thereof is no longer necessary or desirable in
      the conduct of the business of the Borrower or such
      Subsidiary, as the case may be, and that the loss thereof is
      not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Borrower,
      such Subsidiary or the Lenders.  Nothing in this
      Section 5.01(b) shall be deemed to prohibit any merger or
      consolidation involving the Borrower or any of its
      Subsidiaries which is permitted by Section 5.02(b).

           (c)  Accuracy of Information Given to Lenders.  The
      Borrower will use its best efforts to ensure that (i) all
      written information, exhibits or reports furnished by the
      Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Agent or any
      Lender in connection herewith (other than financial
      projections) will at the time so furnished contain no untrue
      statement of a material fact and will not at such time omit
      to state any material fact or any fact necessary to make the
      statements contained therein not misleading, and (ii) all
      financial projections, if any, prepared by the Borrower and
      furnished by the Borrower to the Agent or any Lender in
      connection herewith will be prepared in good faith based
      upon reasonable assumptions (it being understood that any
      such projections will be subject to significant
      uncertainties and contingencies, and that no assurance can
      be given that any such projections will be realized).

           (d)  Insurance.  The Borrower will maintain, and cause
      each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with
      responsible and reputable insurance companies or
      associations in such amounts and covering such risks as is
      usually carried by companies engaged in similar businesses
      and owning similar properties in the same general areas in
      which the Borrower or such Subsidiary operates.

           (e)  Books and Records.  The Borrower will keep proper
      books of record and account in which entries in conformity
      with generally accepted accounting principles (and all legal
      requirements) shall be made of all dealings and transactions
      in relation to their businesses and activities.

           (f)  Use of Proceeds.  The proceeds of the Advances
      made under this Agreement will be used by the Borrower for
      any lawful purposes not prohibited by the terms of this
      Agreement, including, without limitation, acquisitions of
      companies and fees and expenses related to such
      acquisitions.  None of such proceeds will be used in
      violation of any applicable Requirement of Law, including,
      without limitation, Regulation G, Regulation T, Regulation U
      and Regulation X.

           (g)  Payment of Taxes, Etc.  The Borrower will pay and
      discharge, and will cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to


                                -37-
 <PAGE>






      pay and discharge, before the same shall become delinquent,
      (i) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or
      levies imposed upon it or upon it or upon its Property, and
      (ii) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, (x) might by law
      become a Lien upon its Property or (y) would otherwise be
      reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;
      provided, however, that neither the Borrower nor any of its
      Subsidiaries shall be required to pay or discharge any such
      tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim which is being
      contested in good faith by proper proceedings and as to
      which appropriate reserves are being maintained in
      accordance with GAAP.

           (h)  Reporting Requirements.  The Borrower will furnish
      to the Lenders:

                (i)  as soon as available and in any event within
           45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal
           quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower,
           Consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its
           Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter and
           Consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the
           Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period commencing
           at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with
           the end of such quarter, certified by the chief
           financial or accounting officer of the Borrower,
           together with (A) a certificate of said officer stating
           that no Default has occurred and is continuing or, if a
           Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as
           to the nature thereof and the action that the Borrower
           has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto, and
           (B) a schedule in form satisfactory to the Agent of the
           computations used by the Borrower in determining
           compliance with the requirements and covenants
           contained in Section 5.02(c) and 5.02(d);

                (ii)  as soon as available and in any event within
           90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the
           Borrower, a copy of the annual report for such year for
           the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, containing financial
           statements for such year certified in a manner
           acceptable to the Majority Lenders by Ernst & Young or
           other independent public accountants acceptable to the
           Majority Lenders, together with (A) a certificate of
           such accounting firm stating that in the course of the
           regular audit of the business of the Borrower, which
           audit was conducted by such accounting firm in
           accordance with generally accepted auditing standards,
           such accounting firm has obtained no knowledge that a
           Default has occurred and is continuing, or, if, in the
           opinion of such accounting firm, a Default has occurred
           and is continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof
           and (B) a schedule in form satisfactory to the Agent of


                                -38-
 <PAGE>






           the computations used by such accountants in
           determining, as of the end of such fiscal year,
           compliance with the requirements and covenants
           contained in Section 5.02(c) and 5.02(d);

                (iii)  as soon as possible and in any event within
           two days after the occurrence of each Default
           continuing on the date of such statement, a statement
           of the chief financial or accounting officer of the
           Borrower setting forth details of such Default and the
           action which the Borrower has taken and proposes to
           take with respect thereto;

                (iv)  as soon as possible and in any event (i)
           within thirty days after the Borrower or any ERISA
           Affiliate knows or has reason to know that any ERISA
           Event described in clause (a) of the definition of
           ERISA Event with respect to any Plan has occurred which
           reasonably could result in liability to the PBGC (other
           than liabilities, if any, which are immaterial or
           nominal in the aggregate) and (ii) within 10 days after
           the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason
           to know that any other ERISA Event with respect to any
           Plan has occurred which reasonably could result in
           liability to the PBGC (other than liabilities, if any,
           which are immaterial or nominal in the aggregate), a
           statement of the chief financial or accounting officer
           of the Borrower describing such ERISA Event and the
           action, if any, that the Borrower or such ERISA
           Affiliate has taken or proposes to take with respect
           thereto;

                (v)  promptly after the receipt thereof by the
           Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, (A) copies of all
           reports and notices which could result in an adverse
           financial effect on the Borrower or any of its
           Subsidiaries which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate
           receives from the PBGC, the Internal Revenue Service or
           the U.S. Department of Labor with respect to any Plan,
           Multiemployer Plan or Multiple Employer Plan, (B)
           copies of each notice from the PBGC received by the
           Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of the PBGC's intention
           to terminate any Plan or to have a trustee appointed to
           administer any Plan and (C) a copy of each notice from
           the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan received by the
           Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate concerning (I) the
           imposition of Withdrawal Liability by a Multiemployer
           Plan, (II) the determination that a Multiemployer Plan
           is, or is expected to be, in reorganization within the
           meaning of Title IV of ERISA, (III) the termination of
           a Multiemployer Plan within the meaning of Title IV of
           ERISA or (IV) the amount of liability incurred, or
           expected to be incurred, by the Borrower or any ERISA


                                -39-
 <PAGE>






           Affiliate in connection with any event described in
           clause (I), (II) or (III) above;

                (vi)  promptly after the commencement thereof,
           notice of all actions, suits and proceedings before any
           domestic or foreign court or Governmental Authority
           affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, of
           the type described in Section 4.01(g);

                (vii)  promptly after the sending or filing
           thereof, copies of all proxy statements, financial
           statements and reports that the Borrower or any of its
           Subsidiaries sends to its stockholders generally, and
           copies of all regular, periodic and special reports,
           and all registration statements (other than any
           registration statement on Form S-8 or any successor
           form thereto), that the Borrower or any of its
           Subsidiaries files with the Securities and Exchange
           Commission or any Governmental Authority that may be
           substituted therefor, or with any national securities
           exchange; and

                (viii)  such other information respecting the
           condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of the
           Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as any Lender
           through the Agent may from time to time reasonably
           request.

           SECTION 5.02.  Negative Covenants.  So long as any Note
 or any amount due hereunder shall remain unpaid or any Lender
 shall have any Commitment hereunder, the Borrower will not,
 without the written consent of the Majority Lenders:

           (a)  Liens, Etc.  Create or suffer to exist, or permit
      any of its Subsidiaries to create or suffer to exist, any
      Lien upon or with respect to any of its Property, whether
      now owned or hereafter acquired, or assign, or permit any of
      its Subsidiaries to assign, any right to receive income in
      each case to secure or provide for the payment of any Debt
      of any Person; excluding, however, from the operation of the
      foregoing restrictions, (i) Existing Liens (including the
      replacement, extension or renewal of any such Existing Lien
      upon the same Property theretofore subject thereto and the
      replacement, extension or renewal (without increase of
      principal amount) of the Debt secured thereby), (ii) Liens
      for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies,
      not yet due and payable, or being contested in good faith
      and against which reserves have been established by the
      Borrower to the extent required under GAAP, (iii) Liens
      imposed by law, such as materialmen's, mechanics',
      carriers', workmen's, and repairmen's Liens and other
      similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business
      securing obligations (other than Debt) which are not overdue


                                -40-
 <PAGE>






      for a period of more than 30 days, (iv) pledges or deposits
      to secure obligations under workmen's compensation laws or
      similar legislation or to secure statutory obligations of
      the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which do not
      interfere with or adversely affect in any material respect
      the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any
      of its Subsidiaries, (v) Liens of landlords arising by
      operation of law or pursuant to leases entered into in the
      ordinary course of business securing rental obligations
      which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days,
      (vi) Liens on property (including, without limitation,
      shares of capital stock) of a corporation existing at the
      time such corporation is merged with or into or consolidated
      with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or at the time
      of a sale, lease or other disposition of the properties of
      such corporation as an entirety or substantially as an
      entirety to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,
      provided, that (i) such Liens are not incurred in
      anticipation of such merger, consolidation or sale, lease or
      other disposition with or into the Borrower or any of its
      Subsidiaries and (ii) such Liens do not extend to any other
      Property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,
      (vii) Liens created in the ordinary course of business in
      favor of the United States of America or any State thereof,
      or any department, agency or political subdivision of the
      United States of America or any State thereof, to secure
      partial, progress, advance or other payments pursuant to any
      contract (other than for borrowed money) or statute,
      (viii) Liens created in the ordinary course of business by
      or resulting from any litigation or proceedings which are
      being contested in good faith, Liens arising in the ordinary
      course of business out of judgments or awards against the
      Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to which
      the Borrower or such Subsidiary is in good faith prosecuting
      an appeal or proceedings for review, or Liens incurred in
      the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or any of
      its Subsidiaries for the purpose of obtaining a stay or
      discharge in the course of any legal proceeding to which the
      Borrower or such Subsidiary is a party, (ix) easements,
      rights of way and other encumbrances on title to real
      property that do not render title to the Property encumbered
      thereby unmarketable or materially adversely affect the use
      of such Property for its intended purposes, (x) purchase
      money Liens upon or in Property acquired or held by the
      Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course
      of business to secure the purchase price of such Property or
      to secure Debt incurred solely for the purpose of financing
      the acquisition, construction or improvement of any such
      Property to be subject to such Liens, or Liens existing on
      any such Property at the time of acquisition, or extensions,
      renewals or replacements of any of the foregoing for the
      same or a lesser amount, provided that no such Lien shall
      extend to or cover any Property other than the Property


                                -41-
 <PAGE>






      being acquired, constructed or improved, and no such
      extension, renewal or replacement shall extend to or cover
      any Property not theretofore subject to the Lien being
      extended, renewed or replaced, and provided, further, that
      the aggregate principal amount of the Debt at any one time
      outstanding secured by Liens permitted by this clause (x)
      shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any one time outstanding and
      that any such Debt shall not otherwise be prohibited by the
      terms of this Agreement, and (xi) Liens not otherwise
      permitted hereunder securing Debt in an aggregate amount not
      to exceed at any time an amount equal to $35,000,000.

           (b)  Mergers, Etc.  Merge or consolidate with or into
      (unless the Borrower is the surviving corporation of such
      merger or consolidation), or convey, transfer, lease or
      otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a
      series of transactions) all or substantially all of its
      assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to, any
      Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except
      that (i) any Person may merge with and into the Borrower,
      (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge with or into
      any other Person and (iii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower
      may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of
      its assets, provided that (w) immediately after giving
      effect to any such merger or sale or other disposition of
      assets referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii), no Default
      would exist, (x) the surviving corporation of any such
      merger referred to in clause (i) is, immediately after
      giving effect to such merger, the Borrower, (y) if the
      surviving corporation of any merger referred to in clause
      (ii) is not, immediately after giving effect to such merger,
      a Subsidiary of the Borrower, the Borrower and/or its
      Subsidiaries shall have received as consideration for such
      merger cash, property or securities representing the fair
      market value of the Borrower's and its Subsidiaries'
      interest in such Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger
      (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower),
      and (z) in the case of any sale or other disposition
      referred to in clause (iii), the Borrower and/or its
      Subsidiaries shall have received as consideration for such
      sale or other disposition cash, property or securities
      representing the fair market value of such assets
      immediately prior to such sale or other disposition (as
      determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower).

           (c)  Interest Service Coverage.  Permit, on the last
      day of March, June, September and December in each year,
      commencing September 30, 1994, the ratio of (i) Consolidated
      EBIT of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries
      during the twelve-month period ending on such date to (ii)
      Consolidated Interest Expense of the Borrower and its
      Consolidated Subsidiaries for such twelve-month period to be
      less than 2.0 to 1.0.


                                -42-
 <PAGE>






           (d)  Adjusted Net Worth Ratio.  Permit the ratio of
      (i)  Consolidated Debt to (ii) the sum of (A) Consolidated
      Debt plus (B) Adjusted Net Worth of the Borrower and its
      Consolidated Subsidiaries to exceed 0.55 to 1.0 at any time.

           (e)  Plan Terminations.  Terminate, or permit any ERISA
      Affiliate to terminate, any Plan or Plans so as to result in
      liability of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to the PBGC
      in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate, or permit to exist
      one or more events or conditions which reasonably present a
      material risk of a termination by the PBGC of any Plan or
      Plans with respect to which the Borrower or any ERISA
      Affiliate would, in the event of such termination, incur
      liability to the PBGC in excess of $5,000,000 in the
      aggregate.

           (f)  Employee Benefit Costs and Liabilities.  Fail to
      comply, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to fail to comply,
      with the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Internal
      Revenue Code with respect to each Plan.


                             ARTICLE VI
                         EVENTS OF DEFAULT

           SECTION 6.01.  Events of Default.  If any of the
 following events ("Events of Default") shall occur and be
 continuing:

           (a)  the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of
      any Note when the same becomes due and payable, or shall
      fail to pay any interest on any Note or any other amount
      payable under this Agreement within five days of the due
      date thereof; or

           (b)  any representation or warranty made (or deemed
      made in accordance with Section 3.02 or Section 3.03) by the
      Borrower herein or by the Borrower (or any of its officers)
      in connection with this Agreement shall prove to have been
      incorrect in any material respect when made (or deemed
      made); or

           (c)  the Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any
      term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement on
      its part to be performed or observed, if such failure shall
      remain unremedied for 10 Business Days after written notice
      thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Agent
      or any Lender; or

           (d)  the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail
      to pay any principal of or premium or interest on any Debt
      which is outstanding in a principal amount of at least
      $10,000,000 in the aggregate (but excluding Debt evidenced


                                -43-
 <PAGE>






      by the Notes) of the Borrower or such Subsidiary (as the
      case may be), when the same becomes due and payable (whether
      by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration,
      demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after
      the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the
      agreement or instrument relating to such Debt; or any other
      event shall occur or condition shall exist under any
      agreement or instrument relating to any such Debt and shall
      continue after the applicable grace period, if any,
      specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of
      such event or condition is to accelerate, or to permit the
      acceleration of, the maturity of such Debt; or any such Debt
      shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be
      prepaid or redeemed (other than by a regularly scheduled
      required prepayment or required sinking fund redemption
      payment), purchased or defeased, or an offer to prepay,
      redeem, purchase or defease such Debt shall be required to
      be made, in each case prior to the stated maturity thereof;
      or

           (e)  the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall
      generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or
      shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts
      generally, or shall make a general assignment for the
      benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted
      by or against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
      seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking
      liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement,
      adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its
      debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or
      reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of
      an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver,
      trustee, or other similar official for it or for any
      substantial part of its Property; or the Borrower or any of
      its Subsidiaries shall take any corporate action to
      authorize any of the actions set forth above in this
      subsection (e); or

           (f)  any judgment or order for the payment of money in
      excess of $10,000,000 shall be rendered against the Borrower
      or any of its Subsidiaries and either (i) enforcement
      proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon
      such judgment or order or (ii) there shall be any period of
      10 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of
      such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or
      otherwise, shall not be in effect; or

           (g)  Any ERISA Event with respect to a Plan shall have
      occurred and, thirty days after notice thereof shall have
      been given to the Borrower by the Agent, (i) such ERISA
      Event shall still exist, (ii) such ERISA Event shall have
      caused or shall have created a material risk of the
      termination of or the appointment of a trustee with respect


                                -44-
 <PAGE>






      to the affected Plan by or at the request of the PBGC and
      (iii) the sum (determined as of the date of occurrence of
      such ERISA Event) of the Insufficiency of such Plan and the
      Insufficiency of any and all other Plans with respect to
      which the events or circumstances described in the preceding
      clauses (i) and (ii) shall have occurred and then exist (or
      in the case of a Plan with respect to which an ERISA Event
      described in clauses (c) through (f) of the definition of
      ERISA Event shall have occurred and then exist, the
      liability related thereto) is equal to or greater than
      $5,000,000; or

           (h)  The Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate shall have
      been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that it
      has incurred Withdrawal Liability to such Multiemployer Plan
      in an amount that, when aggregated with all other amounts
      then required to be paid to Multiemployer Plans in
      connection with Withdrawal Liabilities (determined as of the
      date of such notification), exceeds $10,000,000; or

           (i)  The Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate shall have
      been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that
      such Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or is being
      terminated, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, if as a
      result of such reorganization or termination the aggregate
      annual contributions of the Borrower and the ERISA
      Affiliates to all Multiemployer Plans that are then in
      reorganization or being terminated have been or will be
      increased over the amounts contributed to such Multiemployer
      Plans for the plan years that include the date hereof by an
      amount exceeding $10,000,000; or

           (j)  Any person or group of persons (within the meaning
      of Section 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
      as amended) shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within
      the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the Securities and
      Exchange Commission under said Act) or control of 35% or
      more of the outstanding shares of common stock of the
      Borrower; or, during any period of twelve consecutive
      calendar months, individuals who were directors of the
      Borrower on the first day of such period shall cease to
      constitute a majority of the board of directors of the
      Borrower;

 then, and in any such event, the Agent (i) shall at the request,
 or may with the consent, of the Majority Lenders, by notice to
 the Borrower, declare the obligation of each Lender to make
 Advances to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith
 terminate, and (ii) shall at the request, or may with the
 consent, of the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower,
 declare the Notes, all interest thereon and all other amounts
 payable under this Agreement to be forthwith due and payable,
 whereupon the Notes, all such interest and all such amounts shall


                                -45-
 <PAGE>






 become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment,
 demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are
 hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; provided, however, that
 in the event of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief
 with respect to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under the
 Federal Bankruptcy Code, (A) the obligation of each Lender to
 make Advances shall automatically be terminated and (B) the
 Notes, all such interest and all such amounts shall automatically
 become and be due and payable, without presentment, demand,
 protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby
 expressly waived by the Borrower.


                            ARTICLE VII
                             THE AGENT

           SECTION 7.01.  Authorization and Action.  Each Lender
 hereby appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as
 agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this
 Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof,
 together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
 As to any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement
 (including, without limitation, enforcement or collection of the
 Notes), the Agent shall not be required to exercise any
 discretion or take any action, but shall be required to act or to
 refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or
 refraining from acting) upon the instructions of the Majority
 Lenders or all Lenders if required by Section 8.01, as
 applicable, and such instructions shall be binding upon all
 Lenders and all holders of Notes; provided, however, that the
 Agent shall not be required to take any action which exposes the
 Agent to personal liability or which is contrary to this
 Agreement or applicable law.  The Agent agrees to give to each
 Lender prompt notice of each notice given to it by the Borrower
 pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

           SECTION 7.02.  Agent's Reliance, Etc.  Neither the
 Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees
 shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it
 or them under or in connection with this Agreement, except for
 its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Without
 limitation of the generality of the foregoing, the Agent:  (i)
 may treat the payee of any Note as the holder thereof until the
 Agent receives and accepts an Assignment and Acceptance entered
 into by the Lender which is the payee of such Note, as assignor,
 and an Eligible Assignee, as assignee, as provided in Section
 8.07; (ii) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for
 the Borrower), independent public accountants and other experts
 selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or
 omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the
 advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (iii) makes no
 warranty or representation to any Lender and shall not be
 responsible to any Lender for any statements, warranties or


                                -46-
 <PAGE>






 representations (whether written or oral) made in or in
 connection with this Agreement; (iv) shall not have any duty to
 ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of
 any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement on
 the part of the Borrower or to inspect the Property (including
 the books and records) of the Borrower; (v) shall not be
 responsible to any Lender for the due execution, legality,
 validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of
 this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished
 pursuant hereto; and (vi) shall incur no liability under or in
 respect of this Agreement by acting upon any notice, consent,
 certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by
 telecopier, telegram, cable or telex) believed by it to be
 genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.

           SECTION 7.03.  Citibank and Affiliates.  With respect
 to its Commitment, the Advances made by it and the Notes issued
 to it, Citibank shall have the same rights and powers under this
 Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though
 it were not the Agent; and the term "Lender" or "Lenders" shall,
 unless otherwise expressly indicated, include Citibank in its
 individual capacity.  Citibank and its affiliates may accept
 deposits from, lend money to, act as trustee under indentures of,
 and generally engage in any kind of business with, the Borrower,
 any of its subsidiaries and any Person who may do business with
 or own securities of the Borrower or any such subsidiary, all as
 if Citibank were not the Agent and without any duty to account
 therefor to the Lenders.

           SECTION 7.04.  Lender Credit Decision.  Each Lender
 acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon
 the Agent or any other Lender and based on the financial
 statements referred to in Section 4.01 and such other documents
 and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit
 analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement.  Each Lender
 also acknowledges that it will, independently and without
 reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender and based on such
 documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the
 time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not
 taking action under this Agreement.

           SECTION 7.05.  Indemnification.  The Lenders (other
 than the Designated Bidders) agree to indemnify the Agent (to the
 extent not reimbursed by the Borrower), ratably according to the
 respective principal amounts of the Revolving Notes then held by
 each of them (or if no Revolving Notes are at the time
 outstanding or if any Revolving Notes are held by Persons which
 are not Lenders, ratably according to the respective amounts of
 their Commitments), from and against any and all liabilities,
 obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments,
 suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature
 whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted
 against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this


                                -47-
 <PAGE>






 Agreement or any action taken or omitted by the Agent under this
 Agreement, provided that no Lender shall be liable for any
 portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
 penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or
 disbursements resulting from the Agent's gross negligence or
 willful misconduct.  Without limitation of the foregoing, each
 Lender (other than the Designated Bidders) agrees to reimburse
 the Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any
 out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees) incurred by the
 Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery,
 administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether
 through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or
 legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this
 Agreement, to the extent that the Agent is not reimbursed for
 such expenses by the Borrower.

           SECTION 7.06.  Successor Agent.  The Agent may resign
 at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and
 the Borrower and may be removed at any time with or without cause
 by the Majority Lenders.  Upon any such resignation or removal,
 the Majority Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor
 Agent.  If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the
 Majority Lenders, and shall have accepted such appointment,
 within 30 days after the retiring Agent's giving of notice of
 resignation or the Majority Lenders' removal of the retiring
 Agent, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders,
 appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a commercial bank
 organized under the laws of the United States of America or of
 any State thereof and having total assets in excess of
 $3,000,000,000 and a combined capital and surplus of at least
 $150,000,000.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent
 hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall
 thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights,
 powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the
 retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and
 obligations under this Agreement.  After any retiring Agent's
 resignation or removal hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this
 Article VII shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or
 omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this
 Agreement.

           SECTION 7.07.  Agent's Fee.  The Borrower shall pay to
 Citibank for its own account the administrative agent fee
 referred to in the Fee Letter.


                            ARTICLE VIII
                           MISCELLANEOUS

           SECTION 8.01.  Amendments, Etc.  No amendment or waiver
 of any provision of this Agreement or the Revolving Notes, nor
 consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom, shall in any
 event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed


                                -48-
 <PAGE>






 by the Majority Lenders, and then such waiver or consent shall be
 effective only in the specific instance and for the specific
 purpose for which given; provided, however, that no amendment,
 waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all the
 Lenders (other than the Designated Bidders), do any of the
 following:  (a) waive any of the conditions specified in Section
 3.01, 3.02 (if and to the extent that the Borrowing which is the
 subject of such waiver would involve an increase in the aggregate
 outstanding amount of Advances over the aggregate amount of
 Advances outstanding immediately prior to such Borrowing) or
 3.03, (b) increase the Commitments of the Lenders or subject the
 Lenders to any additional obligations, (c) reduce the principal
 of, or interest on, the Revolving Notes or any fees or other
 amounts payable hereunder, (d) postpone any date fixed for any
 payment of principal of, or interest on, the Revolving Notes or
 any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, (e) change the
 percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid
 principal amount of the Revolving Notes, or the number of
 Lenders, which shall be required for the Lenders or any of them
 to take any action hereunder or (f) amend the definition of
 Majority Lenders or this Section 8.01; and provided, further,
 that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and
 signed by the Agent in addition to the Lenders required above to
 take such action, affect the rights or duties of the Agent under
 this Agreement or any Note.

           SECTION 8.02.  Notices, Etc.  All notices and other
 communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing
 (including telecopier, telegraphic, telex or cable communication)
 and mailed, telecopied, telegraphed, telexed, cabled or
 delivered, if to the Borrower, at its address at M.A. Hanna
 Company, 1301 East Ninth Street, Suite 3600, Cleveland,
 Ohio 44114, Attention: Treasury Department, with a copy marked to
 the attention of the Borrower's Corporate Secretary, at the same
 address; if to any Bank, at its Domestic Lending Office specified
 opposite its name on Schedule I hereto; if to any other Lender,
 at its Domestic Lending Office specified in the Assignment and
 Acceptance or Designation Agreement pursuant to which it became a
 Lender; and if to the Agent, at its address at Bank Loan
 Syndications, 1 Court Square, 7th Floor, Long Island City, New
 York 11120, Attention: Mr. Philip F. Green, telephone - (718)
 248-4529, telecopier - (718) 248-4844, with a copy to each of
 Ms. Judith E. Goldkrand, Citibank, N.A., 399 Park Avenue, New
 York, New York 10043, telephone - (212) 559-4649, telecopier -
 (212) 793-3053, and Daniel S. Dokos, Esq., Sidley & Austin, 875
 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022; or, as to each party, at
 such other address as shall be designated by such party in a
 written notice to the other parties.  All such notices and
 communications shall, when mailed, telecopied, telegraphed,
 telexed or cabled, be effective when deposited in the mails,
 telecopied, delivered to the telegraph company, confirmed by
 telex answerback or delivered to the cable company, respectively,
 except that notices and communications to the Agent pursuant to


                                -49-
 <PAGE>






 Article II or VII shall not be effective until received by the
 Agent.

           SECTION 8.03.  No Waiver; Remedies.  No failure on the
 part of any Lender or the Agent to exercise, and no delay in
 exercising, any right hereunder or under any Note shall operate
 as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of
 any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or
 the exercise of any other right.  The remedies herein provided
 are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

           SECTION 8.04.  Costs, Expenses and Taxes.  (a)  Subject
 to the terms of the Fee Anticipation Letter, the Borrower agrees
 to pay promptly upon request all costs and expenses in connection
 with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration,
 interpretation, modification and amendment of this Agreement, the
 Notes and the other documents to be delivered hereunder,
 including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and
 out-of-pocket expenses of counsel for the Agent with respect
 thereto and with respect to advising the Agent as to its rights
 and responsibilities under this Agreement.  The Borrower further
 agrees to pay promptly upon request all costs and expenses, if
 any, of the Agent and each Lender (including, without limitation,
 reasonable counsel fees and expenses) in connection with the
 enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or
 otherwise) of this Agreement, the Notes, the other Loan Documents
 and the other documents to be delivered hereunder and thereunder,
 (ii) in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the
 credit arrangements provided hereunder in the nature of a
 "work-out" or in any insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding,
 (iii) in commencing, defending or intervening in any litigation
 or in filing a petition, complaint, answer, motion or other
 pleadings in any legal proceeding relating to this Agreement, the
 Notes, the other Loan Documents, the Property, the Borrower or
 any of the Borrower's Subsidiaries and related to or arising out
 of the transactions contemplated hereby or by any of the other
 Loan Documents and (iv) in taking any other action in or with
 respect to any suit or proceeding (bankruptcy or otherwise)
 described in clauses (i) through (iii) above.

           (b)  If any payment of principal of any Adjusted
 Eurodollar Rate Advance is made other than on the last day of the
 Interest Period for such Revolving Advance, as a result of a
 payment pursuant to Section 2.10(b) or acceleration of the
 maturity of the Notes pursuant to Section 6.01 or for any other
 reason, the Borrower shall, promptly upon request by any Lender
 (with a copy of such request to the Agent), pay to the Agent for
 the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate
 such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses which it
 may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, including,
 without limitation, any loss (including loss of anticipated
 profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation



                                -50-
 <PAGE>






 or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Lender
 to fund or maintain such Revolving Advance.

           (c)  The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
 the Agent and each Lender and their respective Affiliates, and
 each of their respective directors, officers, employees and
 agents, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages,
 liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, fees and
 disbursements of counsel) which may be incurred by or asserted
 against the Agent or such Lender or Affiliate or any such
 director, officer, employee or agent in connection with or
 arising out of any investigation, litigation, or proceeding,
 whether or not the Agent or such Lender or Affiliate or any such
 director, officer, employee or agent is a party thereto, related
 to this Agreement or any transaction or proposed transaction
 (whether or not consummated) in which any proceeds of any
 Borrowing are applied or proposed to be applied, directly or
 indirectly, by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, unless
 such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a
 final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have
 resulted from such indemnified party's gross negligence or wilful
 misconduct.  The obligations of the Borrower under this Section
 8.04 shall survive the Termination Date.

           SECTION 8.05.  Right of Set-off.  Nothing herein shall
 derogate any Lender's right, if any, if and to the extent payment
 owed to such Lender is not made when due hereunder or under any
 Competitive Bid Note held by such Lender, to set off from time to
 time against any or all of the Borrower's general deposit
 accounts with such Lender any amount so due.  Each Lender agrees
 promptly to notify the Borrower after any such set-off and
 application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to
 give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off
 and application.  The rights of each Lender under this Section
 8.05 are in addition to other rights and remedies which such
 Lender may have.

           SECTION 8.06.  Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall
 become effective when it shall have been executed by the
 Borrower and the Agent and when the Agent shall have been
 notified by each Bank that such Bank has executed it and
 thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
 Borrower, the Agent and each Lender and their respective
 successors and assigns, except that the Borrower shall not have
 the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein
 without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

           SECTION 8.07.  Assignments, Designations and
 Participations.  (a)  Each Lender (other than the Designated
 Bidders) may and, if demanded by the Borrower (following a demand
 by such Lender pursuant to Section 2.13) upon at least three
 Business Days' notice to such Lender and the Agent, will, assign,
 with (except in the case of any assignment to an Affiliate of


                                -51-
 <PAGE>






 such Lender) the consent of the Agent and the Borrower (which
 consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to one or
 more banks or other entities all or a proportionate part of all
 of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including,
 without limitation, all or a proportionate part of all of its
 Commitment, the Revolving Advances owing to it and the Revolving
 Note or Notes held by it); provided, however, that (i) each such
 assignment shall be of a constant, and not a varying, percentage
 of all rights and obligations under this Agreement (other than
 any right to make Competitive Bid Advances, Competitive Bid
 Advances owing to it or Competitive Bid Notes), (ii) the amount
 of the Commitment of the assigning Lender being assigned pursuant
 to each such assignment (determined as of the date of the
 Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment) shall
 in no event be less than $5,000,000 and shall (unless such amount
 constitutes the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender's
 Commitment) be an integral multiple of $1,000,000, (iii) each
 such assignment shall be to an Eligible Assignee, (iv) each such
 assignment made as a to result of a demand by the Borrower
 pursuant to this Section 8.07(a) shall be arranged by the
 Borrower after consultation with the Agent and shall be either an
 assignment of all of the rights and obligations of the assigning
 Lender under this Agreement (other than any Competitive Bid
 Advances or Competitive Bid Notes) or an assignment of a portion
 of such rights and obligations (other than any Competitive Bid
 Advances or Competitive Bid Notes) made concurrently with another
 such assignment or other such assignments which together cover
 all of the rights and obligations of the assigning Lender under
 this Agreement (other than any Competitive Bid Advances or
 Competitive Bid Notes), (v) no Lender shall be obligated to make
 any such assignment as a result of a demand by the Borrower
 pursuant to this Section 8.07(a) unless and until such Lender
 shall have received one or more payments from either the Borrower
 or one or more Eligible Assignees in an aggregate amount at least
 equal to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the
 Revolving Advances owing to such Lender, together with accrued
 interest thereon to the date of payment of such principal amount
 and all other amounts payable to such Lender under this
 Agreement, and (vi) the parties to each such assignment shall
 execute and deliver to the Agent, for its acceptance and
 recording in the Register, an Assignment and Acceptance, together
 with any Revolving Note or Notes subject to such assignment and a
 processing and recordation fee of $3,000.  Upon such execution,
 delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective
 date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, (x) the
 assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent
 that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it
 pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and
 obligations of a Lender hereunder and (y) the Lender assignor
 thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations
 hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment
 and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its
 obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an


                                -52-
 <PAGE>






 Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion
 of an assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this
 Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto).

           (b)  By executing and delivering an Assignment and
 Acceptance, the Lender assignor thereunder and the assignee
 thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other
 parties hereto as follows:  (i) other than as provided in such
 Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender makes no
 representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with
 respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in
 or in connection with this Agreement or the execution, legality,
 validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of
 this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished
 pursuant hereto; (ii) such assigning Lender makes no
 representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with
 respect to the financial condition of the Borrower or the
 performance or observance by the Borrower of any of its
 obligations under this Agreement or any other instrument or
 document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee confirms
 that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with
 copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 4.01
 and such other documents and information as it has deemed
 appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter
 into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee will,
 independently and without reliance upon the Agent, such assigning
 Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and
 information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to
 make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action
 under this Agreement; (v) such assignee confirms that it is an
 Eligible Assignee; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the
 Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise
 such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by
 the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably
 incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee agrees that it will
 perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations
 which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed
 by it as a Lender.

           (c)  Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance
 executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee representing that
 it is an Eligible Assignee, together with any Revolving Note or
 Notes subject to such assignment, the Agent shall, if such
 Assignment and Acceptance has been completed and is in
 substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, (i) accept such
 Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) record the information contained
 therein in the Register and (iii) give prompt notice thereof to
 the Borrower.  Within five Business Days after its receipt of
 such notice, the Borrower, at its own expense, shall execute and
 deliver to the Agent in exchange for the surrendered Revolving
 Note or Notes a new Revolving Note to the order of such Eligible
 Assignee in an amount equal to the Commitment assumed by it
 pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance and, if the assigning


                                -53-
 <PAGE>






 Lender has retained a Commitment hereunder, a new Revolving Note
 to the order of the assigning Lender in an amount equal to the
 Commitment retained by it hereunder.  Such new Revolving Note or
 Notes shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
 aggregate principal amount of such surrendered Revolving Note or
 Notes, shall be dated the effective date of such Assignment and
 Acceptance and shall otherwise be in substantially the form of
 Exhibit A-1 hereto.

           (d)  Each Lender may assign to one or more banks or
 other entities any Competitive Bid Note or Notes held by it.  In
 addition, each Lender (other than the Designated Bidders) may
 designate one or more banks or other entities to have a right to
 make Competitive Bid Advances as a Lender pursuant to Section
 2.04; provided, however, that (i) no such Lender shall be
 entitled to make more than three such designations, (ii) each
 such Lender making one or more of such designations shall retain
 the right to make Competitive Bid Advances as a Lender pursuant
 to Section 2.04, (iii) each such designation shall be to a
 Designated Bidder and (iv) the parties to each such designation
 shall execute and deliver to the Agent, for its acceptance and
 recording in the Register, a Designation Agreement.  Upon such
 execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the
 effective date specified in each Designation Agreement, the
 designee thereunder shall be a party hereto with a right to make
 Competitive Bid Advances as a Lender pursuant to Section 2.04 and
 the obligations related thereto.

           (e)  By executing and delivering a Designation
 Agreement, the Lender making the designation thereunder and its
 designee thereunder confirm and agree with each other and the
 other parties hereto as follows: (i) such Lender makes no
 representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with
 respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in
 or in connection with this Agreement or the execution, legality,
 validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of
 this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished
 pursuant hereto; (ii) such Lender makes no representation or
 warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the
 financial condition of the Borrower or the performance or
 observance by the Borrower or any of its obligations under this
 Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant
 hereto; (iii) such designee confirms that it has received a copy
 of this Agreement, together with copies of the financial
 statements referred to in Section 4.01 and such other documents
 and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own
 credit analysis and decision to enter into the Designation
 Agreement; (iv) such designee will, independently and without
 reliance upon the Agent, such designating Lender or any other
 Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall
 deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit
 decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement;
 (v) such designee confirms that it is a Designated Bidder; (vi)


                                -54-
 <PAGE>






 such designee appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such
 action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under
 this Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof,
 together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto;
 and (vii) such designee agrees that it will perform in accordance
 with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of
 this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

           (f)  Upon its receipt of a Designation Agreement
 executed by a designating Lender and a designee representing that
 it is a Designated Bidder, the Agent shall, if such Designation
 Agreement has been completed and is substantially in the form of
 Exhibit D hereto, (i) accept such Designation Agreement, (ii)
 record the information contained therein in the Register and
 (iii) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower.

           (g)  The Agent shall maintain at its address referred
 to in Section 8.02 a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance and
 each Designation Agreement delivered to and accepted by it and a
 register for the recordation of the names and addresses of each
 of the Lenders and, with respect to Lenders other than Designated
 Bidders, the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Revolving
 Advances owing to, each such Lender from time to time (the
 "Register").  The Register shall contain the information
 specified in Section 2.01(c), and the entries in the Register
 shall be conclusive and binding for the purposes of this
 Agreement, in the absence of manifest error, and the Borrower,
 the Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is
 recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for the purposes
 of this Agreement.  The Register shall be available for
 inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time
 and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

           (h)  Each Lender may sell participations to one or more
 banks or other entities in or to all or a portion of its rights
 and obligations under this Agreement (including, without
 limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment, the Advances
 owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it); provided, however,
 that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement
 (including, without limitation, its Commitment to the Borrower
 hereunder) shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain
 solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the
 performance of such obligations, (iii) such Lender shall remain
 the holder of any such Note for all purposes of this Agreement,
 and (iv) the Borrower, the Agent and the other Lenders shall
 continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in
 connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this
 Agreement.   Any participating interest shall provide that such
 Lender shall retain the sole right and responsibility to enforce
 the obligations of the Borrower hereunder including, without
 limitation, the right to approve any amendment, modification or
 waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that any
 participation agreement may provide that the relevant Lender will


                                -55-
 <PAGE>






 not agree to any modification, amendment or waiver of this
 Agreement which (i) increases or decreases the Commitment of such
 Lender, (ii) reduces the principal of or rate of interest on any
 Advance or fees hereunder in which the participant has an
 interest or (iii) postpones the date fixed for any payment of
 principal of or interest on any Advance or any fees hereunder in
 which the participant has an interest without the consent of the
 participant.  The Borrower agrees that each participant shall, to
 the extent provided in its participation agreement, be entitled
 to the benefits of Sections 2.11, 2.13 and 8.04(b) hereof with
 respect to its participating interest.  No participant or other
 transferee of such Lender's rights shall be entitled to receive
 any greater payment under Sections 2.11, 2.13 and 8.04(b) hereof
 than such Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect
 to the rights transferred.

           (i)  Subject to Section 8.13, any Lender may, in
 connection with any assignment, designation or participation or
 proposed assignment, designation or participation pursuant to
 this Section 8.07, disclose to the assignee, designee or
 participant or proposed assignee, designee or participant, any
 information relating to the Borrower furnished to such Lender by
 or on behalf of the Borrower in connection with this Agreement;
 provided that, prior to any such disclosure, the assignee,
 designee or participant or proposed assignee, designee or
 participant shall agree to preserve the confidentiality of any
 confidential information relating to the Borrower received by it
 from such Lender.

           (j)  Anything in this Section 8.07 to the contrary
 notwithstanding, any Lender may, upon notice to the Agent and the
 Borrower, assign and pledge all or any portion of the Advances
 owing to it to a Federal Reserve Bank or the United States
 Treasury as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of the
 Federal Reserve Board and any Operating Circular issued by such
 Federal Reserve Bank.

           SECTION 8.08.  Governing Law.  This Agreement and the
 Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
 laws of the State of New York.

           SECTION 8.09.  Execution in Counterparts.  This
 Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by
 different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
 when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of
 which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

           SECTION 8.10.  Collateral.  Each of the Lenders
 represents to the Agent and each of the other Lenders that it in
 good faith is not relying upon any Margin Stock as collateral in
 the extension or maintenance of the credit provided for in this
 Agreement.



                                -56-
 <PAGE>






           SECTION 8.11.  Survival of Warranties and Agreements.
 All representations and warranties made herein and all
 obligations of the Borrower in respect of taxes, indemnification
 and expense reimbursements shall survive the execution and
 delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the
 making and repayment of the Advances and the termination of this
 Agreement and shall not be limited in any way by the passage of
 time or occurrence of any event and shall expressly cover time
 periods when the Agent or any of the Lenders may have come into
 possession or control of any of the Borrower's or its
 Subsidiaries' Property.

           SECTION 8.12.  Limitation of Liability.  No claim may
 be made by the Borrower, any Lender, the Agent or any other
 Person against the Agent or any other Lender or the Affiliates,
 directors, officers, employees, attorneys or agents of any of
 them for any special, consequential or punitive damages in
 respect of any claim for breach of contract or any other theory
 of liability arising out of or related to the transactions
 contemplated by this Agreement, or any act, omission or event
 occurring in connection therewith; and each of the Borrower, each
 Lender and the Agent hereby waives, releases and agrees not to
 sue upon any such claim for any such damages, whether or not
 accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its
 favor.

           SECTION 8.13.  Confidentiality.  Each Lender agrees
 that during the period through and including the Termination Date
 it will take normal and reasonable precautions to hold and treat
 in confidence any information delivered or made available by the
 Borrower to it which is expressly designated in writing to be
 confidential; provided, however that nothing herein shall prevent
 any Lender from disclosing such information (i) to any Affiliate
 of such Lender, (ii) to any other Lender, (iii) upon the order of
 any court or administrative agency, (iv) upon the request or
 demand of any regulatory agency or authority having jurisdiction
 over such Lender, (v) which has been publicly disclosed, (vi) to
 the extent reasonably required in connection with any litigation
 to which the Agent, any Lender or their respective Affiliates may
 be a party, (vii) to the extent reasonably required in connection
 with the exercise of any remedy hereunder, (viii) to such
 Lender's legal counsel, independent auditors and other
 professional advisors, (ix) to any actual or proposed
 participant, assignee or other transferee of all or part of its
 rights hereunder which has agreed in writing to be bound by the
 provisions of this Section 8.13, or (x) that is also provided to
 such Lender by a Person other than the Borrower not in violation,
 to the actual knowledge of such Lender, of any duty of
 confidentiality; provided that any Lender's failure to comply
 with the provisions of this Section 8.13 shall not affect the
 obligations of the Borrower hereunder.




                                -57-
 <PAGE>






           SECTION 8.14.  Certain Consents and Waivers of the
 Borrower.

           (a) Personal Jurisdiction.  (i)  THE BORROWER
 IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS
 PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE
 COURT OR FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK, AND ANY
 COURT HAVING JURISDICTION OVER APPEALS OF MATTERS HEARD IN SUCH
 COURTS, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED
 WITH, RELATED TO OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED
 AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT,
 WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE, OR FOR
 RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND THE BORROWER
 IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT
 OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN
 SUCH STATE COURT OR, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN SUCH
 FEDERAL COURT.  THE BORROWER AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY
 SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED
 IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER
 MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.  THE BORROWER WAIVES IN ALL DISPUTES ANY
 OBJECTION THAT IT MAY HAVE TO THE LOCATION OF THE COURT
 CONSIDERING THE DISPUTE.

           (ii)  THE BORROWER AGREES THAT THE AGENT SHALL HAVE THE
 RIGHT TO PROCEED AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTY IN A COURT
 IN ANY LOCATION TO ENABLE THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS TO ENFORCE A
 JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER ENTERED IN FAVOR OF THE AGENT OR
 ANY LENDER.  THE BORROWER WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY HAVE
 TO THE LOCATION OF THE COURT IN WHICH THE AGENT OR ANY LENDER MAY
 COMMENCE A PROCEEDING DESCRIBED IN THIS SECTION.

           (b)  Service of Process.  THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY
 CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED
 COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES
 THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO THE
 BORROWER'S NOTICE ADDRESS SPECIFIED PURSUANT TO
 SECTION 8.02, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE FIVE (5) DAYS
 AFTER SUCH MAILING.  THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY
 OBJECTION (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OBJECTION TO THE
 LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS)
 WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY SUCH
 ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER
 LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY JURISDICTION SET FORTH ABOVE.  NOTHING
 HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER
 MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF THE AGENT TO
 BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST THE BORROWER IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER
 JURISDICTION.

           SECTION 8.15.  Waiver of Jury Trial.  EACH OF THE
 BORROWER, THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL
 RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM
 ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR ANY OF



                                -58-
 <PAGE>






 THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY
 OR THEREBY.





















































                                -59-
 <PAGE>







           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
 Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto
 duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

                                   M.A. HANNA COMPANY


                                   By  /s/  Douglas R. Schrank
                                     Title: Vice President

                                   CITIBANK, N.A.,
                                     as Agent


                                   By  /s/  Mary Corkran
                                     Vice President






































                                -60-
 <PAGE>






                               Banks


 Commitment

 $25,000,000                       CITIBANK, N.A.


                                   By  /s/  Mary Corkran
                                     Vice President


 $25,000,000                       COMERICA BANK


                                   By  /s/  Ian Hogan
                                     Title: Vice President


 $25,000,000                       NBD BANK, N.A.


                                   By  /s/  Winfred S. Pinet
                                     Title: Vice President


 $25,000,000                       PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


                                   By  /s/  Chris D. Thornton
                                     Title: Assistant Vice President

 $25,000,000                       SOCIETY NATIONAL BANK


                                   By  /s/  Marianne Neil
                                     Title: Assistant Vice President


 $17,000,000                       NATIONAL CITY BANK


                                   By  /s/  Robert E. Little
                                     Title: Vice President/Senior
                                              Lending Officer
 <PAGE>






 $17,000,000                       THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY


                                   By  /s/  Robert Jones
                                     Title: Vice President


 $16,000,000                       COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT,
                                     GRAND CAYMAN BRANCH


                                   By  /s/  Mark D. Monson
                                     Title: Assistant Vice President


 $12,500,000                       BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                                     AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION


                                   By  /s/  David B. Straut
                                     Title: Vice President


 $12,500,000                       CONTINENTAL BANK N.A.


                                   By  /s/  Carl W. Jordan
                                     Title: Vice President



 $200,000,000                      Total of the Commitments























                                -62-










                           EXHIBIT A-1
                      FORM OF REVOLVING NOTE

U.S.$                                       Dated:  June   , 1994

          FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned,
M.A. Hanna Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"),
HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of                 (the
"Lender") for the account of its Applicable Lending Office (as
defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) the principal
amount of each Revolving Advance (as defined below) made by the
Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement (as
defined below) on the last day of the Interest Period (as defined
in the Credit Agreement) for such Advance.

          The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid
principal amount of each Revolving Advance from the date of such
Revolving Advance until such principal amount is paid in full, at
such interest rates, and payable at such times, as are specified
in the Credit Agreement.

          Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money
of the United States of America to Citibank, N.A., as Agent, at
399 Park Avenue, New York, New York  10043, in same day funds.
Each Revolving Advance made by the Lender to the Borrower
pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and all payments made on
account of principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender
and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached
hereto which is part of this Promissory Note.

          This Promissory Note is one of the Revolving Notes
referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit
Agreement dated as of June 30, 1994 (as amended, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement")
among the Borrower, the Lender and certain other banks parties
thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for the Lender and such
other banks.  The Credit Agreement, among other things, (i)
provides for the making of advances (the "Revolving Advances") by
the Lenders to the Borrower from time to time in an aggregate
amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the U.S. dollar
amount first above mentioned, the indebtedness of the Borrower
resulting from each such Revolving Advance being evidenced by
this Promissory Note, and (ii) contains provisions for
acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain
stated events and also for prepayments on account of principal
hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions
therein specified.

          The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest
and notice of any kind.  No failure to exercise, and no delay in
exercising, any rights hereunder on the part of the holder hereof
shall operate as a waiver of such rights.
<PAGE>






          This Promissory Note shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York,
United States.

                         M.A. HANNA COMPANY



                         By
                           Title:













































                                2
<PAGE>






                ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL


                           Amount of       Unpaid of
Date       Amount of    Principal Paid     Principal      Notation
            Advance       or Prepaid        Balance        Made By

















































                                3
<PAGE>






                           EXHIBIT A-2

                   FORM OF COMPETITIVE BID NOTE



U.S.$                    Dated:           __, 19

          FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, M.A. Hanna
Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), HEREBY PROMISES
TO PAY to the order of ____________ (the "Lender") for the
account of its Applicable Lending Office (as defined in the
Credit Agreement referred to below), on            , 19  , the
principal amount of                Dollars ($              ).

          The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid
principal amount hereof from the date hereof until such principal
amount is paid in full, at the interest rate and payable on the
interest payment date or dates provided below:

     Interest Rate:     % per annum (calculated on the basis of a
     year of      days for the actual number of days elapsed).

     Interest Payment Date or Dates:

          Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money
of the United States of America to Citibank, N.A. for the account
of the Lender at the office of Citibank, N.A., at 399 Park
Avenue, New York, New York 10043, in same day funds.

          This Promissory Note is one of the Competitive Bid
Notes referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the
Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 1994 (as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit
Agreement") among the Borrower, the Lender and certain other
banks parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for the
Lender and such other banks.  The Credit Agreement, among other
things, contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity
hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

          The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest
and notice of any kind.  No failure to exercise, and no delay in
exercising, any rights hereunder on the part of the holder hereof
shall operate as a waiver of such rights.
<PAGE>






          This Promissory Note shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York,
United States.

                         M.A. HANNA COMPANY



                         By
                            Title:













































                                2
<PAGE>






                           EXHIBIT B-1

                  NOTICE OF REVOLVING BORROWING



Citibank, N.A., as Agent
  for the Lenders parties
  to the Credit Agreement
  referred to below
399 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10043      [Date]


          Attention:


Gentlemen:

          The undersigned, M.A. Hanna Company, refers to the
Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1994 (as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit
Agreement", the terms defined therein being used herein as
therein defined), among the undersigned, certain Lenders parties
thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for said Lenders, and hereby
gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.03 of the
Credit Agreement that the undersigned hereby requests a Revolving
Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection sets
forth below the information relating to such Revolving Borrowing
(the "Proposed Revolving Borrowing") as required by Section
2.03(a) of the Credit Agreement (the terms defined in the Credit
Agreement are used herein as therein defined):

          (i)  The Business Day of the Proposed Revolving
     Borrowing is            , 19  .

         (ii)  The Type of Revolving Advances comprising the
     Proposed Revolving Borrowing is [Base Rate Advances]
     [Eurodollar Rate Advances].

        (iii)  The aggregate amount of the Proposed Revolving
     Borrowing is $           .

         (iv)  The Interest Period for each Revolving Advance
     made as part of the Proposed Revolving Borrowing is [
     days] [     month[s]].

          The undersigned hereby certifies that the following
statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the
date of the Proposed Revolving Borrowing:

          (A)  the representations and warranties contained in
     Section 4.01 (excluding those contained in subsections (f),
     (g) and (k) of such section 4.01) are correct, before and
     after giving effect to the Proposed Revolving Borrowing and
<PAGE>






     to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made
     on and as of such date; and

          (B)  no Default has occurred and is continuing, or
     would result from such Proposed Revolving Borrowing or from
     the application of the proceeds therefrom.

                         Very truly yours,

                         M.A. HANNA COMPANY


                         By
                           Title:









































                                2
<PAGE>






                           EXHIBIT B-2

               NOTICE OF COMPETITIVE BID BORROWING



Citibank, N.A., as Agent
  for the Lenders parties
  to the Credit Agreement
  referred to below
399 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10043      [Date]


          Attention:


Gentlemen:

          The undersigned, M.A. Hanna Company, refers to the
Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1994 (as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit
Agreement", the terms defined therein being used herein as
therein defined), among the undersigned, certain Lenders parties
thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for said Lenders, and hereby
gives you notice pursuant to Section 2.04 of the Credit Agreement
that the undersigned hereby requests a Competitive Bid Borrowing
under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection sets forth the
terms on which such Competitive Bid Borrowing (the "Proposed
Competitive Bid Borrowing") is requested to be made:

    (A)  Date of Competitive Bid Borrowing
    (B)  Amount of Competitive Bid Borrowing
    (C)  Maturity Date
    (D)  Interest Rate Basis
    (E)  Interest Payment Date(s)
    (F)
    (G)
    (H)


          The undersigned hereby certifies that the following
statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the
date of the Proposed Competitive Bid Borrowing:

          (a)  the representations and warranties contained in
     Section 4.01 (excluding those contained in subsections (f),
     (g) and (k) of such Section 4.01) are correct, before and
     after giving effect to the Proposed Competitive Bid
     Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds therefrom,
     as though made on and as of such date;

          (b)  no Default has occurred and is continuing, or
     would result from the Proposed Competitive Bid Borrowing or
     from the application of the proceeds therefrom;
<PAGE>






          (c)  no event has occurred and no circumstance exists
     as a result of which the information concerning the
     undersigned that has been provided to the Agent and each
     Lender by the undersigned in connection with the Credit
     Agreement would include an untrue statement of a material
     fact or omit to state any material fact or any fact
     necessary to make the statements contained therein, in the
     light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
     misleading; and

          (d)  the aggregate amount of the Proposed Competitive
     Bid Borrowing and all other Borrowings to be made on the
     same day under the Credit Agreement is within the aggregate
     amount of the unused Commitments of the Lenders.

          The undersigned hereby confirms that the Proposed
Competitive Bid Borrowing is to be made available to it in
accordance with Section 2.04(a)(v) of the Credit Agreement.

                         Very truly yours,

                         M.A. HANNA COMPANY


                         By:






























                                2
<PAGE>







                            EXHIBIT C

                    ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

                      Dated          , 19


          Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of
June 30, 1994 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") among M.A. Hanna
Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), the Lenders (as
defined in the Credit Agreement) and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for
the Lenders (the "Agent").  Terms defined in the Credit Agreement
are used herein with the same meaning.

                          (the "Assignor") and               (the
"Assignee") agree as follows:

          1.  The Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the
Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the
Assignor, a ____1% interest in and to all of the Assignor's
rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement as of the date
hereof (other than in respect of Competitive Bid Advances owing
to the Assignor or any Competitive Bid Notes held by it),
including, without limitation, (x) such percentage interest in
the Assignor's Commitment, which (after giving effect to any
other assignments thereof made prior to the date hereof, whether
or not such assignments have become effective, but without giving
effect to any other assignments thereof also made on the date
hereof) is $________, (y) the aggregate principal outstanding
principal amount of Revolving Advances owing to the Assignor,
which (after giving effect to any other assignments thereof made
prior to the date hereof, whether or not such assignments have
become effective, but without giving effect to any other
assignments thereof also made on the date hereof) is $________,
and (z) the Revolving Note held by the Assignor.

          2.  The Assignor (i) represents and warrants that it is
the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by
it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any
adverse claim; (ii) makes no representation or warranty and
assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements,
warranties or representations made in or in connection with the
Credit Agreement or the execution, legality, validity,
enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit
Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant
thereto; (iii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the
Borrower or the performance or observance by the Borrower of any
of its obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other
instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; and



1  Specify percentage to no more than four decimal points.
<PAGE>






(iv) attaches the Revolving Note referred to in paragraph 1 above
and requests that the Agent exchange such Revolving Note for [a
new Revolving Note dated __________ __, 19__ in the principal
amount of $_________ payable to the order of the Assignee] [new
Revolving Notes as follows:  a Revolving Note dated ________ __,
19__ in the principal amount of $__________ payable to the order
of the Assignee and a Revolving Note dated _________ __, 19__
payable to the order of the Assignor].

          3.  The Assignee (i) confirms that it has received a
copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the
financial statements referred to in Section 4.01 thereof and such
other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to
make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this
Assignment and Acceptance and, if the Assignee is an insurance
company, represents and warrants that the assignment hereunder
shall not constitute or otherwise result in any prohibited
transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the
Internal Revenue Code; (ii) agrees that it will, independently
and without reliance upon the Agent, the Assignor or any other
Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall
deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit
decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit
Agreement; (iii) confirms that it is an Eligible Assignee; (iv)
appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on
its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement
as are delegated to the Agent by the terms thereof, together with
such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; (v) agrees that
it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the
obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are
required to be performed by it as a Lender; [and] (vi) specifies
as its Domestic Lending Office (and address for notices) and
Eurodollar Lending Office the offices set forth beneath its name
on the signature pages hereof [and (vii) attaches the forms
prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service of the United States
certifying as to the Assignee's status for purposes of
determining exemption from United States withholding taxes with
respect to all payments to be made to the Assignee under the
Credit Agreement and the Notes or such other documents as are
necessary to indicate that all such payments are subject to such
rates at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty].2

          4.  Following the execution of this Assignment and
Acceptance by the Assignor and the Assignee, it will be delivered
to the Agent for acceptance and recording by the Agent.  The
effective date of this Assignment and Acceptance shall be the
date of acceptance thereof by the Agent (the "Effective Date").





2  If the Assignee is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction
outside the United States.

                                2
<PAGE>






          5.  Upon such acceptance and recording by the Agent, as
of the Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to the
Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment
and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender
thereunder and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent provided in
this Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be
released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement.

          6.  Upon such acceptance and recording by the Agent,
from and after the Effective Date, the Agent shall make all
payments under the Credit Agreement and the Revolving Notes in
respect of the interest assigned hereby (including, without
limitation, all payments of principal, interest and commitment
fees with respect thereto) to the Assignee.  The Assignor and
Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments under
the Credit Agreement and the Revolving Notes for periods prior to
the Effective Date directly between themselves.

          7.  This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed
by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of
New York.

          8.  This Assignment and Acceptance may be executed in
any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be
deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall
constitute one and the same agreement.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Assignment and Acceptance to be executed by their respective
officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above
written.


                              [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]


                              By:____________________
                                 Title:

                              [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]


                              By:____________________
                                 Title:

                              Domestic Lending Office (and
                                address for notices):
                                  [Address]

                              Eurodollar Lending Office:
                                  [Address]



                                3
<PAGE>








Consented to3 this ___ day
of _____________, 19__

M.A. HANNA COMPANY


By:______________________
   Title:


Consented to4 [and] [a]ccepted this ___ day
of _____________, 19__

CITIBANK, N.A., as Agent


By:______________________




























3  Pursuant to Section 8.07 of the Credit Agreement, the
Borrower's consent is not required for an assignment to an
Affiliate of the Assignor.

4  Pursuant to Section 8.07 of the Credit Agreement, the Agent's
consent is not required for an assignment to an Affiliate of the
Assignor.

                                4
<PAGE>








                            EXHIBIT D

                      DESIGNATION AGREEMENT

                      Dated          , 19


          Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of
June 30, 1994 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") among M.A. Hanna
Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), the Lenders (as
defined in the Credit Agreement) and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for
the Lenders (the "Agent").  Terms defined in the Credit Agreement
are used herein with the same meaning.

                          (the "Designator") and
(the "Designee") agree as follows:

          1.  The Designator hereby designates the Designee, and
the Designee hereby accepts such designation, to have a right to
make Competitive Bid Advances pursuant to Section 2.04 of the
Credit Agreement.

          2.  The Designator makes no representation or warranty
and assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements,
warranties or representations made in or in connection with the
Credit Agreement or the execution, legality, validity,
enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit
Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant
thereto and (ii)  the financial condition of the Borrower or the
performance or observance by the Borrower of any of its
obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other instrument or
document furnished pursuant thereto.

          3.  The Designee (i) confirms that it has received a
copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the
financial statements referred to in Section 4.01 thereof and such
other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to
make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this
Designation Agreement and, if the Designee is an insurance
company, represents and warrants that the designation hereunder
shall not constitute or otherwise result in any prohibited
transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the
Internal Revenue Code; (ii) agrees that it will, independently
and without reliance upon the Agent, the Designator or any other
Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall
deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit
decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit
Agreement; (iii) confirms that it is a Designated Bidder;
(iv) appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as
agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit
Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms thereof,
together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto;
<PAGE>






(v) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms
all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement
are required to be performed by it as a Lender; and
(vi) specifies as its Applicable Lending Office with respect to
Competitive Bid Advances (and address for notices) the offices
set forth beneath its name on the signature pages hereof.

          4.  Following the execution of this Designation
Agreement by the Designator and its Designee, it will be
delivered to the Agent for acceptance and recording by the Agent.
The effective date of this Designation Agreement shall be the
date of acceptance thereof by the Agent (the "Effective Date").

          5.  Upon such acceptance and recording by the Agent, as
of the Effective Date, the Designee shall be a party to the
Credit Agreement with a right to make Competitive Bid Advances as
a Lender pursuant to Section 2.04 of the Credit Agreement and the
rights and obligations of a Lender related thereto.

          6.  This Designation Agreement shall be governed by,
and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New
York.

          7.  This Designation Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be
deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall
constitute one and the same agreement.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Designation Agreement to be executed by their respective officers
thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.


                              [NAME OF DESIGNATOR]


                              By:
                                 Title:


                              [NAME OF DESIGNEE]


                              By:
                                 Title:

                              Applicable Lending Office (and
                                address for notices):
                                  [Address]





                                2
<PAGE>






Accepted this      day
of             , 19


CITIBANK, N.A., as Agent


By:______________________
   Title:














































                                3


                                                 EXHIBIT 23
                              
                              
                              
                              
               Consent of Independent Auditors


We   consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in   the
Registration  Statement  (Form S-8) pertaining  to  the  401K
Savings  and Retirement Plan for Polymer Associates,  of  our
report   dated  January  31,  1994,  with  respect   to   the
consolidated financial statements of M.A. Hanna  Company  and
subsidiaries  incorporated by reference in its Annual  Report
(From 10-K, as amended) for the year ended December 31,  1993
and   the  related  financial  statement  schedules  included
therein, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.



                                   /s/   Ernst & Young  LLP





Cleveland, Ohio
December 21, 1994


                                                  EXHIBIT 24


     401K Savings and Retirment Plan for Polymer Associates

                       Power of Attorney



      KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE PRESENTS, that  M.  A.  Hanna
Company,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),   which
anticipates   filing   with  the  Securities   and   Exchange
Commission,  Washington, D.C. ("SEC"), under  the  Securities
Act of 1933, as amended ("Act"), a registration statement  or
registration statements on Form S-8 or such other form as the
officers of the Company may determine to be appropriate  with
respect to shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share,
of  the  Company which may be issued in connection  with  the
401K  Savings and Retirement Plan for Polymer Associates  and
each of the undersigned officers and directors of the Company
hereby constitutes and appoints John S. Pyke, Jr., Valerie A.
Gentile and Lyle G. Ganske, and each of them (with full power
of  substitution  and resubstitution) his  or  her  true  and
lawful  attorney-in-fact and agent for each of  such  persons
and  on  his or her behalf and in his or her name, place  and
stead,  in any and all capacities, to sign, execute and  file
with  the SEC such registration statement(s) aforesaid  under
the  Act, including any amendments relating thereto with  all
exhibits, and any and all documents required to be filed with
any federal or state regulatory authority including any state
securities regulatory board or commission, pertaining to  the
securities subject to such registration, granting  unto  said
attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority  to  do
and  perform  each  and  every act and  thing  requisite  and
necessary  to be done in and about the premises in  order  to
effectuate  the same as fully to all intents and purposes  as
each  of them might or could do if personally present, hereby
ratifying  and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact  and
agents, or any of them, or any of their substitutes,  may  do
or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his
or her hand as of the 7th day of December, 1994






                              /s/  B. Charles Ames
                              B. Charles Ames



     401K Savings and Retirment Plan for Polymer Associates

                       Power of Attorney



      KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE PRESENTS, that  M.  A.  Hanna
Company,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),   which
anticipates   filing   with  the  Securities   and   Exchange
Commission,  Washington, D.C. ("SEC"), under  the  Securities
Act of 1933, as amended ("Act"), a registration statement  or
registration statements on Form S-8 or such other form as the
officers of the Company may determine to be appropriate  with
respect to shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share,
of  the  Company which may be issued in connection  with  the
401K  Savings and Retirement Plan for Polymer Associates  and
each of the undersigned officers and directors of the Company
hereby constitutes and appoints John S. Pyke, Jr., Valerie A.
Gentile and Lyle G. Ganske, and each of them (with full power
of  substitution  and resubstitution) his  or  her  true  and
lawful  attorney-in-fact and agent for each of  such  persons
and  on  his or her behalf and in his or her name, place  and
stead,  in any and all capacities, to sign, execute and  file
with  the SEC such registration statement(s) aforesaid  under
the  Act, including any amendments relating thereto with  all
exhibits, and any and all documents required to be filed with
any federal or state regulatory authority including any state
securities regulatory board or commission, pertaining to  the
securities subject to such registration, granting  unto  said
attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority  to  do
and  perform  each  and  every act and  thing  requisite  and
necessary  to be done in and about the premises in  order  to
effectuate  the same as fully to all intents and purposes  as
each  of them might or could do if personally present, hereby
ratifying  and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact  and
agents, or any of them, or any of their substitutes,  may  do
or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his
or her hand as of the 7th day of December, 1994






                              /s/  Wayne R. Embry
                              Wayne R. Embry



     401K Savings and Retirment Plan for Polymer Associates

                       Power of Attorney



      KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE PRESENTS, that  M.  A.  Hanna
Company,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),   which
anticipates   filing   with  the  Securities   and   Exchange
Commission,  Washington, D.C. ("SEC"), under  the  Securities
Act of 1933, as amended ("Act"), a registration statement  or
registration statements on Form S-8 or such other form as the
officers of the Company may determine to be appropriate  with
respect to shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share,
of  the  Company which may be issued in connection  with  the
401K  Savings and Retirement Plan for Polymer Associates  and
each of the undersigned officers and directors of the Company
hereby constitutes and appoints John S. Pyke, Jr., Valerie A.
Gentile and Lyle G. Ganske, and each of them (with full power
of  substitution  and resubstitution) his  or  her  true  and
lawful  attorney-in-fact and agent for each of  such  persons
and  on  his or her behalf and in his or her name, place  and
stead,  in any and all capacities, to sign, execute and  file
with  the SEC such registration statement(s) aforesaid  under
the  Act, including any amendments relating thereto with  all
exhibits, and any and all documents required to be filed with
any federal or state regulatory authority including any state
securities regulatory board or commission, pertaining to  the
securities subject to such registration, granting  unto  said
attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority  to  do
and  perform  each  and  every act and  thing  requisite  and
necessary  to be done in and about the premises in  order  to
effectuate  the same as fully to all intents and purposes  as
each  of them might or could do if personally present, hereby
ratifying  and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact  and
agents, or any of them, or any of their substitutes,  may  do
or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his
or her hand as of the 7th day of December, 1994






                              /s/  J. Trevor Eyton
                              J. Trevor Eyton



     401K Savings and Retirment Plan for Polymer Associates

                       Power of Attorney



      KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE PRESENTS, that  M.  A.  Hanna
Company,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),   which
anticipates   filing   with  the  Securities   and   Exchange
Commission,  Washington, D.C. ("SEC"), under  the  Securities
Act of 1933, as amended ("Act"), a registration statement  or
registration statements on Form S-8 or such other form as the
officers of the Company may determine to be appropriate  with
respect to shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share,
of  the  Company which may be issued in connection  with  the
401K  Savings and Retirement Plan for Polymer Associates  and
each of the undersigned officers and directors of the Company
hereby constitutes and appoints John S. Pyke, Jr., Valerie A.
Gentile and Lyle G. Ganske, and each of them (with full power
of  substitution  and resubstitution) his  or  her  true  and
lawful  attorney-in-fact and agent for each of  such  persons
and  on  his or her behalf and in his or her name, place  and
stead,  in any and all capacities, to sign, execute and  file
with  the SEC such registration statement(s) aforesaid  under
the  Act, including any amendments relating thereto with  all
exhibits, and any and all documents required to be filed with
any federal or state regulatory authority including any state
securities regulatory board or commission, pertaining to  the
securities subject to such registration, granting  unto  said
attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority  to  do
and  perform  each  and  every act and  thing  requisite  and
necessary  to be done in and about the premises in  order  to
effectuate  the same as fully to all intents and purposes  as
each  of them might or could do if personally present, hereby
ratifying  and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact  and
agents, or any of them, or any of their substitutes,  may  do
or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his
or her hand as of the 7th day of December, 1994






                              /s/  George D. Kirkham
                              George D. Kirkham



     401K Savings and Retirment Plan for Polymer Associates

                       Power of Attorney



      KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE PRESENTS, that  M.  A.  Hanna
Company,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),   which
anticipates   filing   with  the  Securities   and   Exchange
Commission,  Washington, D.C. ("SEC"), under  the  Securities
Act of 1933, as amended ("Act"), a registration statement  or
registration statements on Form S-8 or such other form as the
officers of the Company may determine to be appropriate  with
respect to shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share,
of  the  Company which may be issued in connection  with  the
401K  Savings and Retirement Plan for Polymer Associates  and
each of the undersigned officers and directors of the Company
hereby constitutes and appoints John S. Pyke, Jr., Valerie A.
Gentile and Lyle G. Ganske, and each of them (with full power
of  substitution  and resubstitution) his  or  her  true  and
lawful  attorney-in-fact and agent for each of  such  persons
and  on  his or her behalf and in his or her name, place  and
stead,  in any and all capacities, to sign, execute and  file
with  the SEC such registration statement(s) aforesaid  under
the  Act, including any amendments relating thereto with  all
exhibits, and any and all documents required to be filed with
any federal or state regulatory authority including any state
securities regulatory board or commission, pertaining to  the
securities subject to such registration, granting  unto  said
attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority  to  do
and  perform  each  and  every act and  thing  requisite  and
necessary  to be done in and about the premises in  order  to
effectuate  the same as fully to all intents and purposes  as
each  of them might or could do if personally present, hereby
ratifying  and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact  and
agents, or any of them, or any of their substitutes,  may  do
or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his
or her hand as of the 7th day of December, 1994






                              /s/  Marvin L. Mann
                              Marvin L. Mann



     401K Savings and Retirment Plan for Polymer Associates

                       Power of Attorney



      KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE PRESENTS, that  M.  A.  Hanna
Company,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),   which
anticipates   filing   with  the  Securities   and   Exchange
Commission,  Washington, D.C. ("SEC"), under  the  Securities
Act of 1933, as amended ("Act"), a registration statement  or
registration statements on Form S-8 or such other form as the
officers of the Company may determine to be appropriate  with
respect to shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share,
of  the  Company which may be issued in connection  with  the
401K  Savings and Retirement Plan for Polymer Associates  and
each of the undersigned officers and directors of the Company
hereby constitutes and appoints John S. Pyke, Jr., Valerie A.
Gentile and Lyle G. Ganske, and each of them (with full power
of  substitution  and resubstitution) his  or  her  true  and
lawful  attorney-in-fact and agent for each of  such  persons
and  on  his or her behalf and in his or her name, place  and
stead,  in any and all capacities, to sign, execute and  file
with  the SEC such registration statement(s) aforesaid  under
the  Act, including any amendments relating thereto with  all
exhibits, and any and all documents required to be filed with
any federal or state regulatory authority including any state
securities regulatory board or commission, pertaining to  the
securities subject to such registration, granting  unto  said
attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority  to  do
and  perform  each  and  every act and  thing  requisite  and
necessary  to be done in and about the premises in  order  to
effectuate  the same as fully to all intents and purposes  as
each  of them might or could do if personally present, hereby
ratifying  and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact  and
agents, or any of them, or any of their substitutes,  may  do
or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his
or her hand as of the 7th day of December, 1994






                              /s/  Douglas J. McGregor
                              Douglas J. McGregor



     401K Savings and Retirment Plan for Polymer Associates

                       Power of Attorney



      KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE PRESENTS, that  M.  A.  Hanna
Company,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),   which
anticipates   filing   with  the  Securities   and   Exchange
Commission,  Washington, D.C. ("SEC"), under  the  Securities
Act of 1933, as amended ("Act"), a registration statement  or
registration statements on Form S-8 or such other form as the
officers of the Company may determine to be appropriate  with
respect to shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share,
of  the  Company which may be issued in connection  with  the
401K  Savings and Retirement Plan for Polymer Associates  and
each of the undersigned officers and directors of the Company
hereby constitutes and appoints John S. Pyke, Jr., Valerie A.
Gentile and Lyle G. Ganske, and each of them (with full power
of  substitution  and resubstitution) his  or  her  true  and
lawful  attorney-in-fact and agent for each of  such  persons
and  on  his or her behalf and in his or her name, place  and
stead,  in any and all capacities, to sign, execute and  file
with  the SEC such registration statement(s) aforesaid  under
the  Act, including any amendments relating thereto with  all
exhibits, and any and all documents required to be filed with
any federal or state regulatory authority including any state
securities regulatory board or commission, pertaining to  the
securities subject to such registration, granting  unto  said
attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority  to  do
and  perform  each  and  every act and  thing  requisite  and
necessary  to be done in and about the premises in  order  to
effectuate  the same as fully to all intents and purposes  as
each  of them might or could do if personally present, hereby
ratifying  and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact  and
agents, or any of them, or any of their substitutes,  may  do
or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his
or her hand as of the 7th day of December, 1994






                              /s/  Richrd W. Pogue
                              Richard W. Pogue



     401K Savings and Retirment Plan for Polymer Associates

                       Power of Attorney



      KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE PRESENTS, that  M.  A.  Hanna
Company,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),   which
anticipates   filing   with  the  Securities   and   Exchange
Commission,  Washington, D.C. ("SEC"), under  the  Securities
Act of 1933, as amended ("Act"), a registration statement  or
registration statements on Form S-8 or such other form as the
officers of the Company may determine to be appropriate  with
respect to shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share,
of  the  Company which may be issued in connection  with  the
401K  Savings and Retirement Plan for Polymer Associates  and
each of the undersigned officers and directors of the Company
hereby constitutes and appoints John S. Pyke, Jr., Valerie A.
Gentile and Lyle G. Ganske, and each of them (with full power
of  substitution  and resubstitution) his  or  her  true  and
lawful  attorney-in-fact and agent for each of  such  persons
and  on  his or her behalf and in his or her name, place  and
stead,  in any and all capacities, to sign, execute and  file
with  the SEC such registration statement(s) aforesaid  under
the  Act, including any amendments relating thereto with  all
exhibits, and any and all documents required to be filed with
any federal or state regulatory authority including any state
securities regulatory board or commission, pertaining to  the
securities subject to such registration, granting  unto  said
attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority  to  do
and  perform  each  and  every act and  thing  requisite  and
necessary  to be done in and about the premises in  order  to
effectuate  the same as fully to all intents and purposes  as
each  of them might or could do if personally present, hereby
ratifying  and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact  and
agents, or any of them, or any of their substitutes,  may  do
or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his
or her hand as of the 7th day of December, 1994






                              /s/  Martin D. Walker
                              Martin D. Walker



     401K Savings and Retirment Plan for Polymer Associates

                       Power of Attorney



      KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE PRESENTS, that  M.  A.  Hanna
Company,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),   which
anticipates   filing   with  the  Securities   and   Exchange
Commission,  Washington, D.C. ("SEC"), under  the  Securities
Act of 1933, as amended ("Act"), a registration statement  or
registration statements on Form S-8 or such other form as the
officers of the Company may determine to be appropriate  with
respect to shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share,
of  the  Company which may be issued in connection  with  the
401K  Savings and Retirement Plan for Polymer Associates  and
each of the undersigned officers and directors of the Company
hereby constitutes and appoints John S. Pyke, Jr., Valerie A.
Gentile and Lyle G. Ganske, and each of them (with full power
of  substitution  and resubstitution) his  or  her  true  and
lawful  attorney-in-fact and agent for each of  such  persons
and  on  his or her behalf and in his or her name, place  and
stead,  in any and all capacities, to sign, execute and  file
with  the SEC such registration statement(s) aforesaid  under
the  Act, including any amendments relating thereto with  all
exhibits, and any and all documents required to be filed with
any federal or state regulatory authority including any state
securities regulatory board or commission, pertaining to  the
securities subject to such registration, granting  unto  said
attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority  to  do
and  perform  each  and  every act and  thing  requisite  and
necessary  to be done in and about the premises in  order  to
effectuate  the same as fully to all intents and purposes  as
each  of them might or could do if personally present, hereby
ratifying  and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact  and
agents, or any of them, or any of their substitutes,  may  do
or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his
or her hand as of the 7th day of December, 1994






                              /s/  Carol A. Cartwright
                              Carol A. Cartwright




                                                        EXHIBIT 99
















                 401(k) SAVINGS AND RETIREMENT PLAN
                       FOR POLYMER ASSOCIATES

                      Plan and Trust Agreement



                      Effective January 1, 1995












 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan for Polymer Associates and
 Trust

                     Effective January 1, 1995


 M.A.  Hanna Company  hereby  establishes the  401(k) Savings  and
 Retirement  Plan  for  Polymer  Associates  for  the  benefit  of
 eligible  associates  of   the  Company  and  its   participating
 affiliates.    The Plan  is  intended to  constitute  a qualified
 profit  sharing plan, as described in  Code section 401(a), which
 includes a  qualified cash or deferred  arrangement, as described
 in Code section 401(k).

 The provisions of  this Plan  and Trust relating  to the  Trustee
 constitute  the  trust agreement  which  is entered  into  by and
 between  M.A.  Hanna  Company  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National
 Association.  The Trust is intended to be tax exempt as described
 under Code section 501(a).

 The 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan for Polymer Associates and
 Trust,  as set forth in this document,  is hereby effective as of
 January 1, 1995.



 Date:  December 21, 1994    M.A. Hanna Company

                             By: /s/  John S. Pyke, Jr.
                             Title:  Vice President, General Counsel
                                       and Secretary


 The  trust agreement set forth  in those provisions  of this Plan
 and Trust which relate to the Trustee is hereby executed.


 Date:  December 20, 1994    Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

                             By: /s/  Dolores Upton
                             Title:  Vice President


 Date:  December 20, 1994    Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

                             By:  /s/  Gwyn E. Slack
                             Title:    Vice President







                         TABLE OF CONTENTS


 1    DEFINITIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

 2    ELIGIBILITY  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
      2.1   Eligibility  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
      2.2   Ineligible Associates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
      2.3   Ineligible or Former Participants  . . . . . . . .   8

 3    PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
      3.1   Associate Pre-Tax Contribution Election  . . . . .   9
      3.2   Changing a Contribution Election . . . . . . . . .   9
      3.3   Revoking and Resuming a Contribution Election  . .   9
      3.4   Contribution Percentage Limits . . . . . . . . . .   9
      3.5   Refunds When Contribution Dollar Limit Exceeded  .  10
      3.6   Timing, Posting and Tax Considerations . . . . . .  10

 4    ROLLOVERS & TRUST-TO-TRUST TRANSFERS . . . . . . . . . .  11
      4.1   Rollovers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
      4.2   Transfers From Other Qualified Plans . . . . . . .  11

 5    EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
      5.1   Company Matching Contributions . . . . . . . . . .  12
      5.2   Retirement Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
      5.3   Supplemental Retirement Contributions  . . . . . .  13

 6    ACCOUNTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
      6.1   Individual Participant Accounting  . . . . . . . .  14
      6.2   Sweep Account is Transaction Account . . . . . . .  14
      6.3   Trade Date Accounting and Investment Cycle . . . .  14
      6.4   Accounting for Investment Funds  . . . . . . . . .  14
      6.5   Payment of Fees and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . .  14
      6.6   Accounting for Participant Loans . . . . . . . . .  15
      6.7   Error Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
      6.8   Participant Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
      6.9   Special Accounting During Conversion Period  . . .  16
      6.10  Accounts for QDRO Beneficiaries  . . . . . . . . .  16

 7    INVESTMENT FUNDS AND ELECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
      7.1   Investment Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
      7.2   Investment Fund Elections  . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
      7.3   Responsibility for Investment Choice . . . . . . .  17
      7.4   Default if No Election . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
      7.5   Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
      7.6   Investment Fund Election Change Fees . . . . . . .  18

 8    VESTING & FORFEITURES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
      8.1   Fully Vested Contribution Accounts . . . . . . . .  19
      8.2   Full Vesting upon Certain Events . . . . . . . . .  19
      8.3   Vesting Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
      8.4   Forfeitures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
      8.5   Rehired Associates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20

 9    PARTICIPANT LOANS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
      9.1   Participant Loans Permitted  . . . . . . . . . . .  21
      9.2   Loan Application, Note and Security  . . . . . . .  21
      9.3   Spousal Consent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
      9.4   Loan Approval  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
      9.5   Loan Funding Limits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
      9.6   Maximum Number of Loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
      9.7   Source and Timing of Loan Funding  . . . . . . . .  22
      9.8   Interest Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
      9.9   Repayment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
      9.10  Repayment Hierarchy  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
      9.11  Repayment Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
      9.12  Loan Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
      9.13  Call Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23

 10   IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
      10.1  In-Service Withdrawals Permitted . . . . . . . . .  24
      10.2  In-Service Withdrawal Application and Notice . . .  24
      10.3  Spousal Consent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
      10.4  In-Service Withdrawal Approval . . . . . . . . . .  24
      10.5  Minimum Amount, Payment Form and Medium  . . . . .  24
      10.6  Source   and   Timing  of   In-Service  Withdrawal
            Funding  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
      10.7  Hardship Withdrawals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
      10.8  Rollover Account Withdrawals . . . . . . . . . . .  26
      10.9  Over Age 59 1/2  Withdrawals . . . . . . . . . . .  27

 11   DISTRIBUTIONS  ONCE EMPLOYMENT ENDS  OR AS  REQUIRED BY
      LAW  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
      11.1  Benefit Information, Notices and Election  . . . .  28
      11.2  Spousal Consent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
      11.3  Payment Form and Medium  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
      11.4  Distribution of Small Amounts  . . . . . . . . . .  29
      11.5  Source and Timing of Distribution Funding  . . . .  29
      11.6  Deemed Distribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
      11.7  Latest Commencement Permitted  . . . . . . . . . .  29
      11.8  Payment Within Life Expectancy . . . . . . . . . .  30
      11.9  Incidental Benefit Rule  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
      11.10 Payment to Beneficiary   . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
      11.11 Beneficiary Designation  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31

 12   ADP AND ACP TESTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
      12.1  Contribution Limitation Definitions  . . . . . . .  32
      12.2  ADP and ACP Tests  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
      12.3  Correction of ADP and ACP Tests  . . . . . . . . .  35
      12.4  Multiple Use Test  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
      12.5  Correction of Multiple Use Test  . . . . . . . . .  36
      12.6  Adjustment for Investment Gain or Loss . . . . . .  36
      12.7  Testing Responsibilities and Required Records  . .  37
      12.8  Separate Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37

 13   MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTION AND BENEFIT LIMITATIONS . . . . . .  38
      13.1  "Annual Addition" Defined  . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
      13.2  Maximum Annual Addition  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
      13.3  Avoiding an Excess Annual Addition . . . . . . . .  38
      13.4  Correcting an Excess Annual Addition . . . . . . .  38
      13.5  Correcting a Multiple Plan Excess  . . . . . . . .  39
      13.6  "Defined Benefit Fraction" Defined . . . . . . . .  39
      13.7  "Defined Contribution Fraction" Defined  . . . . .  39
      13.8  Combined Plan Limits and Correction  . . . . . . .  39

 14   TOP HEAVY RULES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
      14.1  Top Heavy Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
      14.2  Special Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
      14.3  Adjustment to Combined Limits for Different Plans   42

 15   PLAN ADMINISTRATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
      15.1  Plan Delineates Authority and Responsibility . . .  43
      15.2  Fiduciary Standards  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
      15.3  Company is ERISA Plan Administrator  . . . . . . .  43
      15.4  Administrator Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
      15.5  Advisors May be Retained . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
      15.6  Delegation of Administrator Duties . . . . . . . .  45
      15.7  Committee Operating Rules  . . . . . . . . . . . .  45

 16   MANAGEMENT OF INVESTMENTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
      16.1  Trust Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
      16.2  Investment Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
      16.3  Authority to Hold Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
      16.4  Trustee to Act Upon Instructions . . . . . . . . .  47
      16.5  Administrator Has Right to
            Vote Registered Investment Company Shares  . . . .  47
      16.6  Custom Fund Investment Management  . . . . . . . .  47
      16.7  Authority to Segregate Assets  . . . . . . . . . .  48
      16.8  Maximum Permitted Investment in Company Stock  . .  48
      16.9  Participants  Have   Right  to   Vote  and  Tender
            Company Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
      16.10 Registration  and   Disclosure  for  Company
            Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
      16.11 Master Company Stock Fund  . . . . . . . . . . . .  49

 17   TRUST ADMINISTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
      17.1  Trustee to Construe Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
      17.2  Trustee To Act As Owner of Trust Assets  . . . . .  50
      17.3  United States Indicia of Ownership . . . . . . . .  50
      17.4  Tax Withholding and Payment  . . . . . . . . . . .  51
      17.5  Trustee Duties and Limitations . . . . . . . . . .  51
      17.6  Trust Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
      17.7  Valuation of Certain Assets  . . . . . . . . . . .  52
      17.8  Legal Counsel  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
      17.9  Fees and Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52

 18   RIGHTS, PROTECTION, CONSTRUCTION AND JURISDICTION  . . .  53
      18.1  Plan Does Not Affect Employment Rights . . . . . .  53
      18.2  Limited Return of Contributions  . . . . . . . . .  53
      18.3  Assignment and Alienation  . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
      18.4  Facility of Payment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
      18.5  Reallocation of Lost Participant's Accounts  . . .  54
      18.6  Claims Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
      18.7  Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
      18.8  Jurisdiction and Severability  . . . . . . . . . .  55
      18.9  Indemnification by Employer  . . . . . . . . . . .  55

 19   AMENDMENT, MERGER, DIVESTITURES AND TERMINATION  . . . .  57
      19.1  Amendment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
      19.2  Merger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
      19.3  Divestitures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
      19.4  Plan Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
      19.5  Amendment and Termination Procedures . . . . . . .  58
      19.6  Termination of Employer's Participation  . . . . .  59
      19.7  Replacement of the Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
      19.8  Final Settlement and Accounting of Trustee . . . .  59

 APPENDIX A - INVESTMENT FUNDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61

 APPENDIX B - PAYMENT OF PLAN FEES AND EXPENSES  . . . . . . .  62

 APPENDIX C - LOAN INTEREST RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63





 1    DEFINITIONS

      When  capitalized,  the words  and  phrases  below have  the
      following  meanings  unless different  meanings  are clearly
      required by the context:

      1.1   "Account".   The  records  maintained for  purposes  of
            accounting for  a Participant's  interest in  the Plan.
            "Account"  may refer  to  one or  all of  the following

            accounts  which  have  been  created  on  behalf  of  a
            Participant  to  hold  specific types  of Contributions
            under the Plan:

            (a)  "Associate Pre-Tax Account".  An  account created
                 to hold Associate Pre-Tax Contributions.

            (b)  "Rollover Account".   An account created to  hold
                 Rollover Contributions.

            (c)  "Company Matching Account".   An account  created
                 to hold Company Matching Contributions.

            (d)  "Retirement Account".  An account created to hold

                 Retirement Contributions.

            (e)  "Supplemental  Retirement Account".    An account
                 created    to   hold    Supplemental   Retirement
                 Contributions.

      1.2   "ACP"  or  "Average  Contribution  Percentage".     The
            percentage calculated in accordance with Section 12.1.

      1.3   "Administrator".  The  Company, which may delegate  all
            or  a portion of the duties of  the Administrator under
            the  Plan to  a Committee  in accordance  with  Section
            15.6.

      1.4   "ADP"   or   "Average   Deferral   Percentage".     The

            percentage calculated in accordance with Section 12.1.

      1.5   "Associate".  An individual who is:

            (a)  directly employed by any Related Company and  for
                 whom any income for such employment is subject to
                 withholding of  income or  social security taxes,
                 or

            (b)  a Leased Associate.


      1.6   "Beneficiary".    The  person  or  persons  who  is  to
            receive  benefits  after the  death of  the Participant
            pursuant to the "Beneficiary Designation" paragraph  in
            Section 11, or as a result of a QDRO.

      1.7   "Break in  Service".   The fifth anniversary  (or sixth
            anniversary if  absence from  employment was  due to  a
            Parental Leave) of  the date on  which a  Participant's
            employment ends.


      1.8   "Code".    The  Internal  Revenue  Code   of  1986,  as
            amended.   Reference to any specific Code section shall
            include such section, any valid regulation  promulgated
            thereunder, and any comparable  provision of any future
            legislation  amending,   supplementing  or  superseding
            such section.

      1.9   "Committee".  If  applicable, the  committee which  has
            been appointed by  the Company to  administer the  Plan
            in accordance with Section 15.6.

      1.10  "Company".    M.A.  Hanna Company  or any  successor by
            merger, purchase or otherwise.

      1.11  "Company  Stock".    Shares  of  common  stock  of  the
            Company,  its  predecessor(s),  or  its  successors  or

            assigns, or  any corporation  with or  into which  said
            corporation   may    be    merged,   consolidated    or
            reorganized, or  to which a  majority of its assets may
            be sold.

      1.12  "Compensation".   The  sum of  a  Participant's Taxable
            Income and salary reductions, if any,  pursuant to Code
            sections 125,  402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b), 414(h)(2)  or
            457.

            For  purposes of determining  benefits under this Plan,
            Compensation  is limited  to  $150,000 (as  indexed for
            the   cost  of   living  pursuant   to   Code  sections
            401(a)(17) and 415(d))  per Plan Year.  For purposes of
            the preceding sentence, in the case of an HCE  who is a
            5%  Owner or  one  of  the 10  most highly  compensated
            Employees, (i)  such HCE  and such  HCE's family  group
            (as  defined  below)  shall  be  treated  as  a  single
            associate  and the  Compensation  of each  family group
            member  shall be  aggregated with  the  Compensation of
            such  HCE,  and (ii)  the  limitation  on  Compensation
            shall  be  allocated  among such  HCE  and  his  or her
            family   group   members   in   proportion   to    each
            individual's  Compensation  before the  application  of
            this sentence.  For  purposes of this Section, the term
            "family  group" shall  mean  an Associate's  spouse and
            lineal descendants who have not attained  age 19 before
            the close of the year in question.

            For the  purpose of determining HCEs and key employees,
            Compensation for the  entire Plan Year  shall be  used.
            For   the   purpose  of   determining   ADP  and   ACP,
            Compensation shall  be limited  to amounts  paid to  an
            Eligible Associate while a Participant.


      1.13  "Contribution".   An amount contributed to  the Plan by
            the Employer  or an Eligible  Associate, and  allocated
            by  contribution  type to  Participants'  Accounts,  as
            described  in   Section  1.1.      Specific  types   of
            contribution include:

            (a)  "Associate  Pre-Tax  Contribution".    An  amount
                 contributed   by  the  Employer  on  an  eligible
                 Participant's  behalf   in  conjunction   with  a
                 Participant's Code section 401(k) salary deferral
                 election.

            (b)  "Rollover  Contribution".  An  amount contributed
                 by  an Eligible  Associate which  originated from
                 another   employer's   qualified   plan   or   an
                 Employer's qualified plan.

            (c)  "Company  Matching  Contribution".    An   amount
                 contributed   by  the  Employer  on  an  eligible
                 Participant's   behalf  based  upon   the  amount
                 contributed by the eligible Participant.

            (d)  "Retirement Contribution".  An amount contributed
                 by the  Employer  on  an  eligible  Participant's
                 behalf  and allocated on  a pay  based formula to
                 the Participant.

            (e)  "Supplemental   Retirement  Contribution".     An
                 amount contributed by the Employer on an eligible
                 Participant's behalf and allocated on a pay based
                 formula to the Participant.

      1.14  "Contribution Dollar Limit".   The annual limit  placed
            on each Participant's Associate Pre-Tax  Contributions,
            which shall  be $7,000  per calendar  year (as  indexed
            for the  cost  of  living  pursuant  to  Code  sections
            402(g)(5) and  415(d)).  For  purposes of this Section,
            a Participant's Associate  Pre-Tax Contributions  shall
            include (i) any  employer contribution  made under  any
            qualified cash  or deferred arrangement  as defined  in
            Code section  401(k) to  the extent  not includible  in
            gross income for  the taxable year  under Code  section
            402(e)(3)  or 402(h)(1)(B)  (determined  without regard
            to   Code  section  402(g)),   and  (ii)  any  employer
            contribution  to  purchase  an  annuity contract  under
            Code section 403(b) under a  salary reduction agreement
            (within the meaning of Code section 3121(a)(5)(D)).

      1.15  "Conversion  Period".   The  period  of converting  the
            prior accounting system of the Plan and Trust, if  such
            Plan  and   Trust  were  in   existence  prior  to  the
            Effective  Date, or the prior accounting  system of any
            plan and  trust  which is  merged  into  this Plan  and
            Trust  subsequent  to   the  Effective  Date,  to   the
            accounting system described in Section 6.

      1.16  "Direct  Rollover".   A payment  from  the Plan  to  an
            Eligible Retirement Plan specified by a Distributee.

      1.17  "Disability".    A  Participant's total  and permanent,
            mental or physical disability  resulting in termination
            of employment  as evidenced by  presentation of medical
            evidence satisfactory to the Administrator.

      1.18  "Distributee".   An Associate  or former Associate, the
            surviving  spouse of  an Associate  or former Associate
            and a  spouse  or  former  spouse of  an  Associate  or
            under a QDRO.

      1.19  "Effective  Date".    January  1,  1995,  unless stated
            otherwise.  The date  upon which the provisions of this
            document  become effective.  In general, the provisions
            of this  document only  apply to  Participants who  are
            Associates on  or after  the Effective Date.   However,
            investment  and distribution  provisions apply  to  all
            Participants with  Account balances  to be invested  or
            distributed after the Effective Date.

      1.20  "Eligible  Associate".   A  production Associate  of an
            Employer at  Colonial Rubber Works, Inc., a division of
            the Company,  and an Associate  of an  Employer at PDC-
            Texas, except  any  Associate  whose  compensation  and
            conditions of employment  are covered  by a  collective
            bargaining agreement  to which an  Employer is a  party
            unless  the   agreement  calls   for  the   Associate's
            participation in the Plan.

      1.21  "Eligible Retirement Plan".   An individual  retirement
            account   described   in  Code   section   408(a),   an
            individual   retirement  annuity   described  in   Code
            section  408(b),  an  annuity  plan described  in  Code
            section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in  Code
            section 401(a),  that accepts  a Distributee's Eligible
            Rollover Distribution,  except that with  regard to  an
            Eligible Rollover  Distribution to a surviving  spouse,
            an   Eligible   Retirement   Plan   is  an   individual
            retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

      1.22  "Eligible Rollover  Distribution".   A distribution  of
            all or any  portion of the balance  to the credit of  a
            Distributee, excluding a distribution that is one of  a
            series of  substantially equal  periodic payments  (not
            less frequently  than annually) made  for the life  (or
            life expectancy)  of a Distributee  or the joint  lives
            (or joint life  expectancies) of a Distributee and  the
            Distributee's   designated  Beneficiary,   or   for   a
            specified period of  ten years or more; a  distribution
            to the extent such distribution is required under  Code
            section 401(a)(9);  and the  portion of  a distribution
            that  is  not includible  in  gross income  (determined
            without  regard  to the  exclusion  for  net unrealized
            appreciation with respect to Employer securities).

      1.23  "Employer".   The Company and  any Subsidiary or  other
            Related Company of  either the Company or a  Subsidiary
            which  adopts  this  Plan  with  the  approval  of  the
            Company.

      1.24  "ERISA".  The Employee  Retirement Income Security  Act
            of  1974,  as  amended.    Reference  to  any  specific
            section   shall   include   such  section,   any  valid
            regulation  promulgated thereunder,  and any comparable
            provision   of   any   future   legislation   amending,
            supplementing or superseding such section.

      1.25  "Forfeiture  Account".    An  account  holding  amounts
            forfeited  by Participants who  have left the Employer,
            invested  in interest bearing deposits  of the Trustee,
            pending disposition as provided in this Plan and  Trust
            and as directed by the Administrator.

      1.26  "HCE" or "Highly  Compensated Employee".  An  Associate
            described as a Highly  Compensated Employee in  Section
            12.

      1.27  "Ineligible".  The Plan status of an individual  during
            the period in which  he or she is (1) an Associate of a
            Related Company which  is not then an Employer, (2)  an
            Associate, but  not an Eligible  Associate, or (3)  not
            an Associate.

      1.28  "Investment Fund"  or "Fund".   An  investment fund  as
            described  in  Section  16.2.    The  Investment  Funds
            authorized by  the Administrator  to be  offered as  of
            the Effective  Date to  Participants and  Beneficiaries
            are as set forth in Appendix A.

      1.29  "Leased Associate".  An  individual who is deemed to be
            an  associate of  any Related  Company as  provided  in
            Code section 414(n) or (o).

      1.30  "Leave  of  Absence".     A  period  during  which   an
            individual is deemed to be  an Associate, but is absent
            from active employment, provided that the absence:

            (a)  was authorized by a Related Company; or

            (b)  was due to military  service in the United States
                 armed forces and the individual returns to active
                 employment within the  period during which he  or
                 she retains employment rights under federal law.

      1.31  "NHCE"  or  "Non-Highly  Compensated   Employee".    An
            Associate   described   as  a   Non-Highly  Compensated
            Employee in Section 12.

      1.32  "Normal Retirement Date".  The date of a  Participant's
            55th birthday.

      1.33  "Owner".  A  person with  an ownership interest in  the
            capital, profits, outstanding stock or voting power  of
            a Related  Company within the  meaning of Code  section
            318 or 416 (which exclude indirect ownership through  a
            qualified plan).

      1.34  "Parental Leave".  The period of  absence from work  by
            reason  of  pregnancy,  the  birth  of  an  Associate's
            child,  the placement of  a child with the Associate in
            connection with  the child's  adoption,  or caring  for
            such  child  immediately after  birth  or placement  as
            described in Code section 410(a)(5)(E).

      1.35  "Participant".   An  Eligible Associate  who begins  to
            participate  in   the   Plan   after   completing   the
            eligibility requirements  as described in Section  2.1.
            An   Eligible    Associate   who   makes   a   Rollover
            Contribution   prior  to   completing  the  eligibility
            requirements as described in Section 2.1 shall also  be
            considered  a   Participant  except   for  purposes  of
            provisions  related  to  Contributions  (other  than  a
            Rollover Contribution).  A Participant's  participation
            continues until his or her employment with all  Related
            Companies ends  and his or  her Account is  distributed
            or forfeited.

      1.36  "Pay".   All  cash  compensation paid  to  an  Eligible
            Associate  by an  Employer while  a Participant  during
            the  current period.    Pay excludes  reimbursements or
            other expense  allowances,  cash  and  non-cash  fringe
            benefits,  moving  expenses, deferred  compensation and
            welfare benefits.

            Pay is  neither increased nor  decreased by any  salary
            credit or  reduction pursuant to  Code sections 125  or
            402(e)(3).  Pay is limited to $150,000  (as indexed for
            the   cost  of   living  pursuant   to  Code   sections
            401(a)(17) and 415(d)) per Plan Year.

            For purposes of the Contributions described in  Section
            5.2,  the  limitations   as  described  in  the  second
            paragraph of Section 1.11 shall also apply.

      1.37  "Period of  Employment".  The  period beginning on  the
            date an  Associate first  performs an  hour of  service
            and  ending on  the date  his or  her  employment ends.
            Employment  ends  on  the  date  the  Associate  quits,
            retires, is discharged, dies or (if earlier) the  first
            anniversary  of  his  or  her  absence  for  any  other
            reason.  The period of absence  starting with the  date
            an Associate's  employment temporarily  ends and ending
            on  the date  he or  she is subsequently  reemployed is
            (1) included in his or her  Period of Employment if the
            period of absence  does not  exceed one  year, and  (2)
            excluded if such period exceeds one year.

            Period of  Employment includes  the period  prior to  a
            Break in Service.

            An Associate's  service with a  predecessor or acquired
            company shall only  be counted in the determination  of
            his or her Period of Employment for eligibility  and/or
            vesting  purposes  if  (1)  the  Company  directs  that
            credit for such service be granted, or  (2) a qualified
            plan   of  the  predecessor   or  acquired  company  is
            subsequently  maintained  by  any  Employer or  Related
            Company.

      1.38  "Plan".   The 401(k)  Savings and  Retirement Plan  for
            Polymer Associates set forth in this document, as  from
            time to time amended.

      1.39  "Plan  Administrator".  If applicable,  the third party
            administrator which  has been  retained by the  Company
            or  the   Committee,  on  the   Company's  behalf,   to
            administer the Plan in accordance with Section 15.6.

      1.40  "Plan Year".  The annual accounting period of the  Plan
            and Trust which ends on each December 31.

      1.41  "QDRO".     A  domestic   relations  order  which   the
            Administrator  has   determined  to   be  a   qualified
            domestic  relations order  within  the meaning  of Code
            section 414(p).

      1.42  "Reduction  in Force".   An Employer  sponsored program
            developed to reduce force on a permanent basis.

      1.43  "Related Company".  With respect to any Employer,  that
            Employer and any  corporation, trade or  business which
            is, together with that  Employer, a member  of the same
            controlled group of  corporations, a trade  or business
            under common  control, or an  affiliated service  group
            within  the meaning of Code section 414(b), (c), (m) or
            (o).

      1.44  "Settlement Date".  For each Trade  Date, the Trustee's
            next business day.

      1.45  "Spousal  Consent".   The written  consent given  by  a
            spouse to  a Participant's   election  or  waiver of  a
            specified  form of  benefit, including  a loan  or  in-
            service withdrawal,  or Beneficiary  designation.   The
            spouse's  consent  must acknowledge  the effect  on the
            spouse  of   the  Participant's   election,  waiver  or
            designation and be  duly witnessed by a notary  public.
            Spousal Consent  shall be  valid only  with respect  to
            the spouse  who signs the  Spousal Consent and only for
            the  particular choice  made by  the Participant  which
            requires Spousal  Consent.   A  Participant may  revoke
            (without  Spousal Consent) a  prior election, waiver or
            designation  that required Spousal Consent  at any time
            before payments  begin.  Spousal  Consent also means  a
            determination  by the  Administrator that  there is  no
            spouse, the  spouse cannot  be located,  or such  other
            circumstances as may be established by applicable law.

      1.46  "Subsidiary".  A company  which is more than 50% owned,
            directly or indirectly, by the Company.

      1.47  "Sweep  Account".   The  subsidiary  Account  for  each
            Participant   through   which  all   transactions   are
            processed,  which   is  invested  in  interest  bearing
            deposits of the Trustee.

      1.48  "Sweep Date".  The cut off  date and time for receiving
            instructions for  transactions to  be processed on  the
            next Trade Date.

      1.49  "Taxable Income".  Compensation in the amount  reported
            by the  Employer as  "Wages, tips,  other compensation"
            on  Form W-2,  or  any successor  method  of  reporting
            under Code section 6041(d).

      1.50  "Trade  Date".   Each  day  the  Investment  Funds  are
            valued, which is normally  every day the assets of such
            Funds are traded.

      1.51  "Trust".  The legal entity created by those  provisions
            of  this document  which  relate to  the Trustee.   The
            Trust  is part of  the Plan  and holds  the Plan assets
            which are comprised  of the aggregate of  Participants'
            Accounts, any unallocated  funds invested in deposit or
            money  market   type  assets   pending  allocation   to
            Participants' Accounts  or  disbursement  to  pay  Plan
            fees and expenses and the Forfeiture Account.

      1.52  "Trustee".  Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

      1.53  "Year  of Vesting  Service".    A  12 month  Period  of
            Employment.

            Years  of   Vesting  Service   shall  include   service
            credited prior to January 1, 1995.


 2    ELIGIBILITY

      2.1   Eligibility

            Each  Eligible Associate shall  become a Participant on
            January 1, 1995 or thereafter, on  the first day of the
            next month  after the  date he  or she  completes a  6-
            month  Period of  Employment.   The eligibility  period
            begins on the date an Associate's Period of  Employment
            commences.

      2.2   Ineligible Associates

            If  an   Associate  completes  the  above   eligibility
            requirements,   but   is   Ineligible   at   the   time
            participation would otherwise begin (if he or she  were
            not Ineligible), he  or she shall become a  Participant
            on the first subsequent date on  which he or she  is an
            Eligible Associate.

      2.3   Ineligible or Former Participants

            A  Participant   may  not   make  or   share  in   Plan
            Contributions,  nor generally  be  eligible for  a  new
            Plan  loan, during the period he or  she is Ineligible,
            but he  or she  shall continue to  participate for  all
            other purposes.   An Ineligible  Participant or  former
            Participant   shall  automatically   become  an  active
            Participant on  the date  he or  she  again becomes  an
            Eligible Associate.


 3    PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

      3.1   Associate Pre-Tax Contribution Election

            Upon  becoming a Participant, an Eligible Associate may
            elect to reduce his  or her Pay by an amount which does
            not exceed  the Contribution  Dollar Limit, within  the
            limits described in the Contribution Percentage  Limits
            paragraph  of this  Section  3, and  have  such  amount
            contributed  to  the   Plan  by  the  Employer  as   an
            Associate Pre-Tax Contribution.   The election shall be
            made as  a whole percentage of  Pay in  such manner and
            with  such  advance   notice  as   prescribed  by   the
            Administrator.    In  no  event  shall  an  Associate's
            Associate  Pre-Tax  Contributions  under  the Plan  and
            comparable contributions to all  other plans, contracts
            or  arrangements of  all Related  Companies exceed  the
            Contribution Dollar  Limit for  the Associate's taxable
            year beginning in the Plan Year.

      3.2   Changing a Contribution Election

            A Participant who  is an Eligible Associate may  change
            his or her  Associate Pre-Tax Contribution election  as
            of any January 1,  April 1, July 1 or October 1 in such
            manner and  with such advance  notice as prescribed  by
            the   Administrator,   and   such  election   shall  be
            effective with the first payroll paid after such  date.
            Participants' Contribution  election percentages  shall
            automatically apply to Pay increases or decreases.

      3.3   Revoking and Resuming a Contribution Election

            A  Participant  may  revoke  his  or  her  Contribution
            election  at any  time in  such  manner and  with  such
            advance notice as prescribed by the Administrator,  and
            such  election  shall   be  effective  with  the  first
            payroll paid after such date.

            A Participant may resume Contributions by making a  new
            Contribution  election at  the  same time  in  which  a
            Participant  may change  his or  her election  in  such
            manner and  with such advance  notice as prescribed  by
            the   Administrator,  and   such  election   shall   be
            effective with the first payroll paid after such date.

      3.4   Contribution Percentage Limits

            The Administrator  may establish  and change from  time
            to time, in writing, without the necessity of  amending
            this   Plan  and   Trust  document,   the  minimum,  if
            applicable,  and maximum Associate Pre-Tax Contribution
            percentages,  prospectively or retrospectively (for the
            current  Plan   Year),  for  all   Participants.     In
            addition,  the Administrator  may  establish  any lower
            percentage limits  for Highly Compensated Employees  as
            it  deems necessary.   As  of  the Effective  Date, the
            Associate  Pre-Tax  Contribution maximum  percentage is
            11%.

            Irrespective of the  limits that may be established  by
            the Administrator  in accordance  with this  paragraph,
            in  no event  shall the  contributions  made by  or  on
            behalf  of  a Participant  for a  Plan Year  exceed the
            maximum allowable under Code section 415.

      3.5   Refunds When Contribution Dollar Limit Exceeded

            A    Participant    who   makes    Associate    Pre-Tax
            Contributions  for a  calendar year  to this  Plan  and
            comparable   contributions   to  any   other  qualified
            defined   contribution    plan   in   excess   of   the
            Contribution Dollar Limit may  notify the Administrator
            in writing  by the  following March  1 (or  as late  as
            April  14 if  allowed  by the  Administrator)  that  an
            excess has occurred.  In this  event, the amount of the
            excess  specified  by  the  Participant,  adjusted  for
            investment gain  or loss,  shall be refunded to  him or
            her by April 15 and shall not be  included as an Annual
            Addition   under  Code   section  415   for   the  year
            contributed.    Refunds  shall  not include  investment
            gain or  loss for  the period  between the  end of  the
            applicable Plan  Year  and  the date  of  distribution.
            Excess  amounts shall  first  be taken  from  unmatched
            Associate Pre-Tax Contributions and  then from  matched
            Associate Pre-Tax Contributions.  Any Company  Matching
            Contributions   attributable    to   refunded    excess
            Associate Pre-Tax  Contributions as  described in  this
            Section shall be  deemed a Contribution made by  reason
            of   a  mistake   of   fact  and   removed   from   the
            Participant's Account.

      3.6   Timing, Posting and Tax Considerations

            Participants'   Contributions,  other   than   Rollover
            Contributions,  may   only  be   made  through  payroll
            deduction.  Such amounts  shall be paid  to the Trustee
            in cash and posted to each Participant's Account(s)  as
            soon as such  amounts can reasonably be separated  from
            the  Employer's general assets and balanced against the
            specific  amount made  on behalf  of  each Participant.
            In no event,  however, shall  such amounts  be paid  to
            the Trustee more than  90 days after  the date  amounts
            are deducted from a Participant's Pay.  Associate  Pre-
            Tax  Contributions   shall  be   treated  as   Employer
            Contributions in determining tax  deductions under Code
            section 404(a).


 4    ROLLOVERS & TRUST-TO-TRUST TRANSFERS

      4.1   Rollovers

            The  Administrator may authorize  the Trustee to accept
            a rollover contribution in cash, within the meaning  of
            Code section 402(c) or  408(d)(3)(A)(ii), directly from
            an  Eligible Associate  or as  a Direct  Rollover  from
            another  qualified  plan  on  behalf  of  the  Eligible
            Associate, even if he or she  is not yet a Participant.
            The  Associate  shall  be  responsible  for  furnishing
            satisfactory  evidence, in such manner as prescribed by
            the  Administrator,  that the  amount  is  eligible for
            rollover treatment.   A rollover contribution  received
            directly from  an Eligible  Associate must  be paid  to
            the  Trustee in  cash  within 60  days  after  the date
            received  by the  Eligible Associate  from a  qualified
            plan   or   conduit  individual   retirement   account.
            Contributions described  in  this  paragraph  shall  be
            posted to  the applicable Associate's Rollover  Account
            as of the date received by the Trustee.

            If it  is later determined  that an amount  contributed
            pursuant  to  the  above  paragraph  did  not  in  fact
            qualify as a rollover  contribution under Code  section
            402(c)  or 408(d)(3)(A)(ii),  the balance  credited  to
            the Associate's  Rollover Account  shall immediately be
            (1) segregated from all other Plan assets, (2)  treated
            as  a nonqualified  trust established  by and  for  the
            benefit of  the Associate, and  (3) distributed to  the
            Associate.   Any such nonqualifying  rollover shall  be
            deemed never to have been a part of the Plan.

      4.2   Transfers From Other Qualified Plans

            The Administrator may  instruct the Trustee to  receive
            assets  in  cash  or  in  kind  directly  from  another
            qualified plan; provided that a transfer should not  be
            directed if:

            (a)  any amounts  are  not  exempted by  Code  section
                 401(a)(11)(B) from  the annuity  requirements  of
                 Code section  417, unless the  Plan complies with
                 such requirements; or

            (b)  any  amounts include  benefits protected  by Code
                 section  411(d)(6) which  would not  be preserved
                 under applicable Plan provisions.

            The Trustee may refuse the receipt of any transfer if:

            (a)  the   Trustee    finds   the    in-kind    assets
                 unacceptable; or

            (b)  instructions for posting amounts to Participants'
                 Accounts are incomplete.

            Such  amounts   shall  be  posted  to  the  appropriate
            Accounts of  Participants as  of the  date received  by
            the Trustee.


 5    EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

      5.1   Company Matching Contributions

            (a)  Frequency and Eligibility.   For each  Plan Year,
                 the   Employer   shall   make   Company  Matching
                 Contributions,  as  described  in  the  following
                 Allocation  Method paragraph,  on behalf  of each
                 Participant who contributed during the period and
                 was an Eligible Associate on the last day  of the
                 period.

                 In  addition, such Contributions shall be made on
                 behalf  of each Participant  who ceased  being an
                 Associate during the period after having attained
                 age 55, or by reason of Reduction in Force or his
                 or her Disability or death.

            (b)  Allocation   Method.      The   Company  Matching
                 Contributions  (including any  Forfeiture Account
                 amounts applied as Company Matching Contributions
                 in accordance  with Section 8.4)  for each period
                 shall total 25% to  100%, based on the percentage
                 attainment  of  annual   targeted  Company  Stock
                 earnings   per    share,   of    each    eligible
                 Participant's Associate Pre-Tax Contributions for
                 the  period, provided  that no  Company  Matching
                 Contributions  (and  Forfeiture Account  amounts)
                 shall   be  made   based  upon   a  Participant's
                 Contributions in  excess of 6% of  his or her Pay
                 while     contributing     Associate      Pre-Tax
                 Contributions.   The  Employer may  elect at  any
                 time  before the  Employer's federal  tax  filing
                 date,  including   extensions,  to   change   the
                 matching rate or the  6% of considered Pay to any
                 other percentages, including 0%.

            (c)  Timing, Medium  and Posting.   The Employer shall
                 make each period's  Company Matching Contribution
                 in  cash, or  in Company  Stock or  a combination
                 thereof, as  soon as  is feasible, and  not later
                 than the  Employer's  federal  tax  filing  date,
                 including   extensions,    for   deducting   such
                 Contribution.  The Trustee shall post such amount
                 to each  Participant's Company  Matching  Account
                 once  the  total  Contribution received  has been
                 balanced  against  the   specific  amount  to  be
                 credited to each  Participant's Company  Matching
                 Account.

      5.2   Retirement Contributions

            (a)  Frequency and  Eligibility.  For  each Plan Year,
                 the Employer  may make a Retirement  Contribution
                 on behalf of each Participant who was an Eligible
                 Associate on the last day of the period and  each
                 Participant  who  is  otherwise eligible  but who
                 ceased being an Associate during the period after
                 having attained age 55, or by reason of Reduction
                 in Force or his or her Disability or death.

            (b)  Allocation Method.   The Retirement  Contribution
                 (including any Forfeiture Account amounts applied
                 as Retirement  Contributions in  accordance  with
                 Section  8.4) for  each  period, shall  be  in an
                 amount determined  by the  Employer and allocated
                 among eligible Participants  in direct proportion
                 to  their  Compensation  while a  Participant and
                 Eligible Associate.

            (c)  Timing, Medium  and Posting.   The Employer shall
                 make  each  period's  Retirement  Contribution in
                 cash,  or  in  Company  Stock  or  a  combination
                 thereof, as  soon as  is feasible, and  not later
                 than  the  Employer's  federal  tax filing  date,
                 including   extensions,    for   deducting   such
                 Contribution.  The Trustee shall post such amount
                 to each Participant's Retirement Account once the
                 total  Contribution  received  has  been balanced
                 against the  specific amount  to be  credited  to
                 each Participant's Retirement Account.

      5.3   Supplemental Retirement Contributions

            (a)  Frequency and  Eligibility.  For  each Plan Year,
                 the Employer  may make a Supplemental  Retirement
                 Contribution on behalf  of Non-Highly Compensated
                 Employee    Participants   who    were   Eligible
                 Associates at any time during the period.

            (b)  Allocation Method.   The Supplemental  Retirement
                 Contribution for  each period shall be  allocated
                 to  eligible   Participants  in   order  of  each
                 Participant's  Taxable Income  for the  Plan Year
                 beginning  with the  Participant with  the lowest
                 Taxable Income,  in an amount so  that the Annual
                 Addition,  as defined  in Section  13.1,  to each
                 Participant's  Account equals but does not exceed
                 the  Maximum  Annual   Addition,  as  defined  in
                 Section 13.2.   Notwithstanding  no  Supplemental
                 Retirement  Contributions  will  be  made  in  an
                 amount  in  excess of  the  amount  necessary  to
                 satisfy the tests described in  Sections 12.2 and
                 12.4.

            (c)  Timing, Medium  and Posting.   The Employer shall
                 make   each   period's  Supplemental   Retirement
                 Contribution in  cash, or  in Company Stock  or a
                 combination  thereof, as soon as is feasible, and
                 not later than the Employer's  federal tax filing
                 date, including  extensions, for  deducting  such
                 contribution.  Notwithstanding,  for purposes  of
                 satisfying the  tests described in Sections  12.2
                 and  12.4  Supplemental Retirement  Contributions
                 must  be made  before the  end  of the  Plan Year
                 following  the  Plan  Year  being  tested.    The
                 Trustee   shall   post   such   amount  to   each
                 Participant's  Supplemental   Retirement  Account
                 once  the  total  Contribution received  has been
                 balanced  against  the   specific  amount  to  be
                 credited   to  each   Participant's  Supplemental
                 Retirement Account.


 6    ACCOUNTING

      6.1   Individual Participant Accounting

            The  Administrator shall maintain  an individual set of
            Accounts for  each  Participant  in  order  to  reflect
            transactions   both  by   type   of   Contribution  and
            investment  medium.   Financial transactions  shall  be
            accounted  for  at  the  individual  Account  level  by
            posting each transaction to the appropriate Account  of
            each affected Participant.  Participant Account  values
            shall be maintained in shares for the Investment  Funds
            and in  dollars for  their Sweep  and Participant  loan
            Accounts.   At  any  point in  time, the  Account value
            shall be  determined using the  most recent Trade  Date
            values provided by the Trustee.

      6.2   Sweep Account is Transaction Account

            All transactions  related to amounts being  contributed
            to or  distributed from  the Trust shall  be posted  to
            each affected Participant's Sweep Account.  Any  amount
            held  in  the  Sweep  Account  will  be  credited  with
            interest up until the date on  which it is removed from
            the Sweep Account.

      6.3   Trade Date Accounting and Investment Cycle

            Participant Account  values shall be  determined as  of
            each Trade Date.   For any transaction to be  processed
            as  of   a  Trade  Date,   the  Trustee  must   receive
            instructions for  the transaction  by  the Sweep  Date.
            Such instructions  shall apply to  amounts held in  the
            Account on that Sweep Date.  Financial transactions  of
            the Investment  Funds shall be  posted to Participants'
            Accounts as  of the  Trade Date,  based upon the  Trade
            Date values  provided by  the Trustee,  and settled  on
            the Settlement Date.

      6.4   Accounting for Investment Funds

            Investments   in   each   Investment   Fund  shall   be
            maintained in shares.   The Trustee is responsible  for
            determining  the share  values of  each Investment Fund
            as  of each Trade  Date.   To the  extent an Investment
            Fund is  comprised of  collective  investment funds  of
            the Trustee, or  any other fiduciary  to the  Plan, the
            share  values shall  be determined  in  accordance with
            the rules governing such  collective investment  funds,
            which are incorporated herein by reference.  All  other
            share values shall be determined  by the Trustee.   The
            share value of each  Investment Fund shall  be based on
            the fair market value of its underlying assets.

      6.5   Payment of Fees and Expenses

            Except to the extent Plan  fees and expenses related to
            Account  maintenance,  transaction and  Investment Fund
            management  and maintenance,  as set  forth below,  are
            paid by the  Employer directly, or  indirectly, through
            the   Forfeiture   Account   as    directed   by    the
            Administrator, such fees and expenses shall be paid  as
            set forth below.  The Employer  may pay a lower portion
            of  the fees and  expenses allocable to the Accounts of
            Participants who  are no longer  Associates or who  are
            not  Beneficiaries, unless  doing  so would  result  in
            discrimination.

            (a)  Account Maintenance:   Account  maintenance  fees
                 and expenses, may include but are not limited to,
                 administrative, Trustee, government annual report
                 preparation,   audit,   legal,  nondiscrimination
                 testing, and fees for any other special services.
                 Account  maintenance  fees  shall  be charged  to
                 Participants on a per Participant  basis provided
                 that no fee shall reduce a Participant's  Account
                 balance below zero.

            (b)  Transaction: Transaction fees  and expenses,  may
                 include  but   are  not   limited  to,  recurring
                 payment, Investment Fund election change and loan
                 fees.   Transaction fees shall be  charged to the
                 Participant's Account involved in the transaction
                 provided that no fee shall reduce a Participant's
                 Account balance below zero.

            (c)  Investment   Fund  Management   and  Maintenance:
                 Management  and  maintenance  fees  and  expenses
                 related to the  Investment Funds shall be charged
                 at the Investment Fund level and reflected in the
                 net gain or loss of each Fund.

            As of the  Effective Date,  a breakdown  of which  Plan
            fees  and expenses  shall  generally be  borne  by  the
            Trust   (and   charged  to   individual   Participants'
            Accounts)  and  those   that  shall  be  paid  by   the
            Employer,  directly  or  indirectly,  is  set  forth in
            Appendix  B and  may be  changed by  the  Administrator
            from time  to time, in  writing, without the  necessity
            of amending this Plan and Trust document.

            The Trustee  shall have the  authority to  pay any such
            fees and expenses, which remain unpaid by the  Employer
            for 60 days, from the Trust.

      6.6   Accounting for Participant Loans

            Participant loans shall  be held in a separate  Account
            of  the Participant and accounted for in  dollars as an
            earmarked   asset   of  the   borrowing   Participant's
            Account.

      6.7   Error Correction

            The  Administrator may correct any  errors or omissions
            in  the administration  of the  Plan by  restoring  any
            Participant's  Account  balance  with  the amount  that
            would  be  credited  to the  Account  had  no  error or
            omission  been made.    Funds necessary  for  any  such
            restoration shall be provided  through payment made  by
            the  Employer, or  by  the  Trustee to  the extent  the
            error   or  omission  is  attributable  to  actions  or
            inactions  of  the  Trustee,  or   if  the  restoration
            involves   an   Employer   Contribution   Account,  the
            Administrator  may direct  the Trustee  to use  amounts
            from the Forfeiture Account.

      6.8   Participant Statements

            The  Administrator   shall  provide  Participants  with
            statements of their  Accounts as soon  after the end of
            each  quarter of the  Plan Year  as is administratively
            feasible.

      6.9   Special Accounting During Conversion Period

            The Administrator and  Trustee may  use any  reasonable
            accounting  methods  in  performing  their   respective
            duties during  any Conversion Period.   This  includes,
            but is not  limited to,  the method for allocating  net
            investment  gains or losses  and the extent, if any, to
            which contributions  received by and distributions paid
            from  the  Trust  during  this  period  share  in  such
            allocation.

      6.10  Accounts for QDRO Beneficiaries

            A  separate  Account   shall  be  established  for   an
            alternate  payee   entitled  to   any   portion  of   a
            Participant's  Account under a  QDRO as of the date and
            in  accordance  with the  directions  specified  in the
            QDRO.    In  addition,   a  separate  Account   may  be
            established   during    the   period    of   time   the
            Administrator,  a court  of competent  jurisdiction  or
            other  appropriate  person  is  determining  whether  a
            domestic relations  order qualifies as  a QDRO.  Such a
            separate Account  shall be valued  and accounted for in
            the same manner as any other Account.

            (a)  Distributions Pursuant to  QDROs.  If  a QDRO  so
                 provides,  the portion of a Participant's Account
                 payable to an alternate payee may be distributed,
                 in a form  as permissible under the Distributions
                 Once  Employment Ends  Section, to  the alternate
                 payee  at   the  time  specified   in  the  QDRO,
                 regardless of whether the Participant is entitled
                 to a distribution from the Plan at such time.

            (b)  Participant Loans.  Except to the extent required
                 by  law, an  alternate payee,  on whose  behalf a
                 separate Account has been established,  shall not
                 be  entitled to  borrow from  such Account.  If a
                 QDRO   specifies  that  the  alternate  payee  is
                 entitled  to  any portion  of  the  Account of  a
                 Participant who has  an outstanding loan balance,
                 all outstanding loans shall generally continue to
                 be held  in the  Participant's Account  and shall
                 not  be  divided  between  the Participant's  and
                 alternate payee's Accounts.

            (c)  Investment Direction.   Where  a separate Account
                 has been  established on  behalf of an  alternate
                 payee  and  has  not  yet  been  distributed, the
                 alternate payee may direct the investment of such
                 Account in the same manner as if he or she were a
                 Participant.


 7    INVESTMENT FUNDS AND ELECTIONS

      7.1   Investment Funds

            Except  for Participants' Sweep  and loan Accounts, the
            Trust shall be maintained in  various Investment Funds.
            The  Administrator shall  select  the  Investment Funds
            offered to  Participants and may  change the number  or
            composition  of the  Investment  Funds, subject  to the
            terms  and conditions agreed  to with  the Trustee.  As
            of the Effective Date, a list  of the Investment  Funds
            offered to  Participants is  set forth  in Appendix  A,
            and  may be  changed by the Administrator  from time to
            time, in  writing,  without the  necessity of  amending
            this Plan and Trust document.

      7.2   Investment Fund Elections

            Each Participant shall direct the investment of all  of
            his or  her  Contribution  Accounts  except  for  these
            Accounts:

                 Company Matching Account

            which  shall be  entirely  invested  in the  Investment
            Fund specified  by the Administrator, which  Investment
            Fund as of the Effective Date  is set forth in Appendix
            A.

            A  Participant  shall   make  his  or   her  investment
            election  in any  combination of  one or any  number of
            the Investment  Funds offered  in  accordance with  the
            procedures   established   by  the   Administrator  and
            Trustee.  However, during any  Conversion Period, Trust
            assets may be held in any investment vehicle  permitted
            by  the  Plan,   as  directed  by  the   Administrator,
            irrespective of Participant investment elections.

            The Administrator may  set a maximum percentage of  the
            total election that  a Participant may direct into  any
            specific Investment Fund, which maximum, if any, as  of
            the Effective Date,  is set  forth in  Appendix A,  and
            may be changed from by the Administrator  time to time,
            in writing,  without  the  necessity of  amending  this
            Plan and Trust document.

      7.3   Responsibility for Investment Choice

            Each Participant  shall be  solely responsible for  the
            selection of his  or her  Investment Fund choices.   No
            fiduciary  with respect  to the  Plan is  empowered  to
            advise a Participant as to the  manner in which his  or
            her Accounts are to be invested,  and the fact that  an
            Investment Fund  is offered shall  not be construed  to
            be a recommendation for investment.

      7.4   Default if No Election

            The Administrator shall specify an Investment Fund  for
            the  investment  of  that  portion  of  a Participant's
            Account  which is  not yet  held in  an Investment Fund
            and for which no valid  investment election is on file.
            The Investment Fund specified as of the Effective  Date
            is  set forth in Appendix A, and may  be changed by the
            Administrator  from time  to time,  in writing, without
            the  necessity   of  amending  this   Plan  and   Trust
            document.

      7.5   Timing

            A Participant shall make his or her initial  investment
            election  upon becoming  a  Participant and  may change
            his or her election at any  time in accordance with the
            procedures   established   by  the   Administrator  and
            Trustee.   Investment elections received by the Trustee
            by the Sweep  Date will be  effective on  the following
            Trade Date.

      7.6   Investment Fund Election Change Fees

            A reasonable processing fee may be charged directly  to
            a Participant's  Account for  Investment Fund  election
            changes in  excess of  a specified  number per year  as
            determined by the Administrator.


 8    VESTING & FORFEITURES

      8.1   Fully Vested Contribution Accounts

            A Participant shall be  fully vested in  these Accounts
            at all times:

                 Associate Pre-Tax Account
                 Rollover Account

                 Company Matching Account
                 Supplemental Retirement Account

      8.2   Full Vesting upon Certain Events

            A  Participant's  entire  Account  shall  become  fully
            vested once  he or she has  attained his or her  Normal
            Retirement  Date as  an Associate  or  upon his  or her
            leaving  the Employer  due to  a Reduction  in Force or
            his or her Disability or death.

      8.3   Vesting Schedule

            In   addition   to  the   vesting  provided   above,  a
            Participant's Retirement  Account  shall become  vested
            in accordance with the following schedule:
                     Years of Vesting            Vested
                          Service               Percentage

                        Less than 1                0%
                     1 but less than 2             20%
                     2 but less than 3             40%
                     3 but less than 4             60%
                     4 but less than 5             80%
                         5 or more                100%

            If  this  vesting  schedule  is  changed,  the   vested
            percentage for each Participant  shall not be less than
            his or her vested percentage  determined as of the last
            day prior to  this change, and for any Participant with
            at least  three  Years  of  Vesting  Service  when  the
            schedule is changed, vesting shall  be determined using
            the more favorable vesting schedule.

      8.4   Forfeitures

            A  Participant's non-vested  Account  balance  shall be
            forfeited  as  of  the Settlement  Date  following  the
            Sweep  Date on which the Administrator  has reported to
            the  Trustee  that  the  Participant's  employment  has
            terminated  with all  Related  Companies.   Forfeitures
            from  all   Employer  Contribution  Accounts  shall  be
            transferred to and  maintained in  a single  Forfeiture
            Account, which  shall be  invested in interest  bearing
            deposits of  the Trustee.   Forfeiture Account  amounts
            shall  be  utilized  to restore  Accounts, to  pay Plan
            fees and expenses,  and to reduce Company Matching  and
            Retirement   Contributions   as    directed   by    the
            Administrator.

      8.5   Rehired Associates

            (a)  Service.   If a  former Associate  is rehired,all
                 Periods  of Employment  credited prior to  his or
                 her termination of employment shall be counted in
                 determining his or her vested interest.

            (b)  Account Restoration.   If  a former  Associate is
                 rehired before he or she has  a Break in Service,
                 the amount  forfeited when his  or her employment
                 last terminated  shall be restored to  his or her
                 Account.    The  restoration  shall  include  the
                 interest  which would have been credited had such
                 forfeiture  been invested  in  the  Sweep Account
                 from  the  date  forfeited  until  the  date  the
                 restoration  amount  is  determined.   The amount
                 shall  come from  the Forfeiture  Account  to the
                 extent possible, and any additional amount needed
                 shall be contributed by the Employer.  The vested
                 interest  in his  or  her restored  Account shall
                 then be equal to:

                               V% times (AB + D) - D

                 where:

                 V% = current vested percentage
                 AB = current account balance
                 D  = amount previously distributed


 9    PARTICIPANT LOANS

      9.1   Participant Loans Permitted

            Loans  to  Participants are  permitted pursuant  to the
            terms and conditions set forth in this Section.

      9.2   Loan Application, Note and Security

            A Participant shall apply  for any loan  in such manner
            and  with such  advance  notice as  prescribed  by  the
            Administrator.   All  loans  shall be  evidenced  by  a
            promissory note,  secured only  by the  portion of  the
            Participant's Account from which the loan is made,  and
            the Plan shall  have a lien on  this portion of his  or
            her Account.

      9.3   Spousal Consent

            A Participant is required to obtain Spousal Consent  in
            order to take out a loan under the Plan.

      9.4   Loan Approval

            The  Administrator,   or  the   Trustee  if   otherwise
            authorized by  the Administrator and  agreed to by  the
            Trustee,  is responsible  for determining  that  a loan
            request conforms  to the requirements described in this
            Section and granting such request.

      9.5   Loan Funding Limits

            The loan amount must meet  all of the  following limits
            as  determined  as  of  the  Sweep  Date  the  loan  is
            processed:

            (a)  Plan Minimum  Limit.  The minimum  amount for any
                 loan is $1,000.

            (b)  Plan Maximum  Limit.  Subject to  the legal limit
                 described in (c) below, the maximum a Participant
                 may borrow, including the outstanding  balance of
                 existing  Plan loans,  is 100%  of  the following
                 Accounts which are fully vested:

                      Associate Pre-Tax Account
                      Rollover Account

            (c)  Legal Maximum Limit.   The maximum a  Participant
                 may borrow, including  the outstanding balance of
                 existing Plan loans, is 50% of his or her  vested
                 Account balance, not to exceed $50,000.  However,
                 the   $50,000   maximum   is   reduced   by   the
                 Participant's  highest  outstanding loan  balance
                 during  the 12  month  period ending  on  the day
                 before the  Sweep Date as  of which  the loan  is
                 made.    For  purposes  of  this  paragraph,  the
                 qualified plans of all Related Companies shall be
                 treated as  though they are part  of this Plan to
                 the  extent  it would  decrease the  maximum loan
                 amount.

      9.6   Maximum Number of Loans

            A  Participant  may   have  a  maximum  of  two   loans
            outstanding at any given time.

      9.7   Source and Timing of Loan Funding

            A loan to a Participant shall  be made solely from  the
            assets of  his  or her  own  Accounts.   The  available
            assets shall  be determined first  by Account type  and
            then by  investment type within  each type of  Account.
            The  hierarchy for  loan  funding by  type  of  Account
            shall  be  the  order  listed  in  the  preceding  Plan
            Maximum Limit paragraph.  Within each Account used  for
            funding a loan,  amounts shall first be taken from  the
            Sweep Account  and then taken  by type of investment in
            direct  proportion   to   the  market   value  of   the
            Participant's interest  in each Investment  Fund as  of
            the Trade Date on which the loan is processed.

            Loans will be  funded on the Settlement Date  following
            the Trade Date  as of which the loan is processed.  The
            Trustee shall make  payment to the Participant as  soon
            thereafter as administratively feasible.

      9.8   Interest Rate

            The interest  rate charged  on Participant  loans shall
            be  a  fixed reasonable  rate  of interest,  determined
            from time to time by the Administrator, which  provides
            the  Plan   with   a  return   commensurate  with   the
            prevailing  interest rate  charged  by persons  in  the
            business  of lending  money for  loans which  would  be
            made under similar circumstances.  As of the  Effective
            Date, the interest rate  is determined as  set forth in
            Appendix C,  and may  be changed  by the  Administrator
            from time  to time, in  writing, without the  necessity
            of amending this Plan and Trust document.

      9.9   Repayment

            Substantially level amortization shall  be required  of
            each  loan  with   payments  made  at   least  monthly,
            generally  through payroll  deduction.   Loans  may  be
            prepaid  in  full  or  in  part   at  any  time.    The
            Participant  may choose the  loan repayment period, not
            to exceed 5 years.   However, the  term may be for  any
            period  not to exceed  15 years  if the  purpose of the
            loan  is   to  acquire   the  Participant's   principal
            residence.

      9.10  Repayment Hierarchy

            Loan  principal repayments  shall  be credited  to  the
            Participant's  Accounts in  the  inverse  of the  order
            used  to  fund  the  loan.    Loan  interest  shall  be
            credited  to   the  Participant's  Accounts  in  direct
            proportion to  the  principal payment.   Loan  payments
            are  credited  by   investment  type  based  upon   the
            Participant's   current  investment  election  for  new
            Contributions.

      9.11  Repayment Suspension

            The Administrator  may agree  to a  suspension of  loan
            payments for up to 12 months  for a Participant who  is
            on  a  Leave  of  Absence  without  pay.    During  the
            suspension period interest shall continue to accrue  on
            the outstanding  loan balance.   At  the expiration  of
            the  suspension period  all  outstanding  loan payments
            and  accrued  interest  thereon  shall  be  due  unless
            otherwise agreed upon by the Administrator.

      9.12  Loan Default

            A  loan  is  treated as  a  default  if  scheduled loan
            payments are  more than  90 days late.   A  Participant
            shall  then  have 30  days  from  the  time  he or  she
            receives written  notice of  the default  and a  demand
            for past  due amounts  to cure  the  default before  it
            becomes final.

            In the event  of default, the Administrator may  direct
            the  Trustee  to  report  the  default  as  a   taxable
            distribution.    As  soon  as  a  Plan  withdrawal   or
            distribution  to such  Participant would  otherwise  be
            permitted, the  Administrator may  instruct the Trustee
            to   execute  upon   its   security  interest   in  the
            Participant's Account by  distributing the note to  the
            Participant.

      9.13  Call Feature

            The  Administrator shall  have the  right to  call  any
            Participant loan  once a Participant's employment  with
            all Related  Companies has terminated or if the Plan is
            terminated.


10    IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS

      10.1  In-Service Withdrawals Permitted

            In-service  withdrawals  to  a Participant  who  is  an
            Associate are  permitted  pursuant  to  the  terms  and
            conditions set  forth in this  Section and as  required
            by law as set forth in Section 11.

      10.2  In-Service Withdrawal Application and Notice

            A   Participant   shall   apply   for  any   in-service
            withdrawal in such manner and with such advance  notice
            as prescribed  by the  Administrator.  The  Participant
            shall  be  provided  the  notice  prescribed  by   Code
            section 402(f).

            If  an  in-service withdrawal  is  one  to  which  Code
            sections  401(a)(11) and  417 do  not apply,  such  in-
            service withdrawal  may  commence  less  than  30  days
            after the aforementioned notice is provided, if:

            (a)  the Participant  is clearly informed  that he  or
                 she has the right to a period of at least 30 days
                 after receipt  of such notice to  consider his or
                 her  option  to  elect  or  not  elect  a  Direct
                 Rollover for all or a portion, if any, of his  or
                 her in-service withdrawal  which will  constitute
                 an Eligible Rollover Distribution; and

            (b)  the  Participant  after  receiving  such  notice,
                 affirmatively elects a Direct Rollover for all or
                 a  portion,  if any,  of  his  or her  in-service
                 withdrawal  which  will  constitute  an  Eligible
                 Rollover Distribution or  alternatively elects to
                 have all  or a  portion made payable  directly to
                 him  or  her,  thereby  not  electing   a  Direct
                 Rollover for all or a portion thereof.

      10.3  Spousal Consent

            A Participant is required to obtain Spousal Consent  in
            order to make an in-service withdrawal under the Plan.

      10.4  In-Service Withdrawal Approval

            The  Administrator,   or  the   Trustee  if   otherwise
            authorized by  the Administrator and  agreed to by  the
            Trustee, is  responsible  for determining  that an  in-
            service    withdrawal    request   conforms    to   the
            requirements  described  in  this Section  and granting
            such request.

      10.5  Minimum Amount, Payment Form and Medium

            There is no minimum amount for any type of withdrawal.
            With   regard   to  the   portion   of   a   withdrawal
            representing   an  Eligible  Rollover  Distribution,  a
            Participant may  elect a Direct Rollover  for all or  a
            portion  of such amount.   The  form of  payment for an
            in-service withdrawal  shall be a  single lump sum  and
            payment shall be made in cash.

      10.6  Source and Timing of In-Service Withdrawal Funding

            An  in-service withdrawal  to  a Participant  shall  be
            made solely from the assets of  his or her own Accounts
            and  will be  based on  the  Account  values as  of the
            Trade Date  the  in-service  withdrawal  is  processed.
            The  available  assets  shall  be determined  first  by
            Account type  and then by  investment type within  each
            type of Account.  Within each Account  used for funding
            an in-service withdrawal, amounts shall first be  taken
            from  the  Sweep  Account and  then  taken  by type  of
            investment in direct proportion to the market value  of
            the  Participant's  interest in  each  Investment  Fund
            (which  excludes  Participant  loans) as  of  the Trade
            Date on which the in-service withdrawal is processed.

            In-Service   withdrawals   will   be   funded  on   the
            Settlement Date  following the Trade  Date as of  which
            the  in-service withdrawal  is processed.   The Trustee
            shall   make    payment   as    soon   thereafter    as
            administratively feasible.

      10.7  Hardship Withdrawals

            (a)  Requirements.  A Participant who is an  Associate
                 may request  the withdrawal  of up to  the amount
                 necessary to  satisfy a financial need  including
                 amounts  necessary to pay  any federal,  state or
                 local  income  taxes   or  penalties   reasonably
                 anticipated to result from the withdrawal.   Only
                 requests  for  withdrawals (1)  on  account  of a
                 Participant's "Deemed  Financial Need",  and  (2)
                 which  are  "Deemed  Necessary"  to  satisfy  the
                 financial need will be approved.

            (b)  "Deemed Financial Need".   Financial  commitments
                 relating to:

                 (1)  the   payment   of  unreimbursable   medical
                      expenses described under Code section 213(d)
                      incurred   (or  to   be  incurred)   by  the
                      Associate, his or her spouse or dependents;

                 (2)  the  purchase (excluding  mortgage payments)
                      of the Associate's principal residence;

                 (3)  the  payment  of unreimbursable  tuition and
                      related  educational fees for up to the next
                      12  months  of post-secondary  education for
                      the   Associate,  his   or  her   spouse  or
                      dependents;

                 (4)  the  payment  of  funeral  expenses   of  an
                      Associate's family member;

                 (5)  the  payment  of amounts  necessary  for the
                      Associate  to  prevent  losing  his  or  her
                      principal  residence   through  eviction  or
                      foreclosure on the mortgage; or

                 (6)  any    other    circumstance    specifically
                      permitted      under      Code       section
                      401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV).

            (c)  "Deemed  Necessary".   A  withdrawal  is  "deemed
                 necessary" to satisfy the financial need only  if
                 the  withdrawal  amount  does   not  exceed   the
                 financial need  and all  of these conditions  are
                 met:

                 (1)  the   Associate   has  obtained   all  other
                      possible  withdrawals  and nontaxable  loans
                      available  from  all  plans   maintained  by
                      Related Companies;

                 (2)  the   Administrator    shall   suspend   the
                      Associate  from making any  contributions to
                      this   Plan,   all   other   qualified   and
                      nonqualified plans  of deferred compensation
                      and all stock option or stock purchase plans
                      maintained  by  Related  Companies   for  12
                      months from the date the  withdrawal payment
                      is made; and

                 (3)  the    Administrator   shall    reduce   the
                      Contribution Dollar Limit for  the Associate
                      for  the calendar  year  next following  the
                      calendar  year  of  the  withdrawal  by  the
                      amount of the Associate's  Associate Pre-Tax
                      Contributions for  the calendar year  of the
                      withdrawal.

            (d)  Account Sources  for Withdrawal.   The withdrawal
                 amount  shall come  from  the  following  of  the
                 Participant's  fully  vested   Accounts,  in  the
                 priority order as follows:

                      Rollover Account
                      Associate Pre-Tax Account

                 The   amount  that   may  be  withdrawn   from  a
                 Participant's Associate Pre-Tax Account shall not
                 include  any  earnings credited  to  his  or  her
                 Associate Pre-Tax Account.

            (e)  Permitted Frequency.  There is no  restriction on
                 the number of Hardship withdrawals permitted to a
                 Participant.

      10.8  Rollover Account Withdrawals

            No  in-service   withdrawals  are   permitted  from   a
            Participant's   Rollover  Account  except  as  provided
            elsewhere in this Section.

      10.9  Over Age 59 1/2 Withdrawals

            (a)  Requirements.  A  Participant who is an Associate
                 and over  age 59 1/2 may withdraw  from the Accounts
                 listed in paragraph (b) below.

            (b)  Account Sources  for Withdrawal.  The  withdrawal
                 amount  shall come    from the  following  of the
                 Participant's  fully  vested   Accounts,  in  the
                 priority order as follows:

                      Rollover Account
                      Associate Pre-Tax Account

                 A Participant's Company  Matching, Retirement and
                 Supplemental  Retirement  Accounts  may  also  be
                 included as Account  sources for withdrawal for a
                 Participant who is an Associate and over age 70 1/2.

            (c)  Permitted Frequency.  There is no restriction on
                 the number of  Over Age 59 1/2 withdrawals permitted
                 to a Participant.

            (d)  Suspension from  Further Contributions.  An  Over
                 Age   59 1/2   withdrawal   shall   not   affect   a
                 Participant's ability to  make or be eligible  to
                 receive further Contributions.


 11   DISTRIBUTIONS ONCE EMPLOYMENT ENDS OR AS REQUIRED BY LAW

      11.1  Benefit Information, Notices and Election

            A Participant, or  his or  her Beneficiary in the  case
            of  his   or  her   death,  shall   be  provided   with
            information regarding  all optional times  and forms of
            distribution   available,   to  include   the   notices
            prescribed by  Code  section  402(f) and  Code  section
            411(a)(11).  Subject to the other requirements of  this
            Section, a  Participant, or his  or her Beneficiary  in
            the case  of  his or  her  death,  may elect,  in  such
            manner and  with such advance  notice as prescribed  by
            the Administrator,  to have his  or her vested  Account
            balance  paid  to   him  or  her  beginning  upon   any
            Settlement    Date    following    the    Participant's
            termination of  employment with  all Related  Companies
            or, if  earlier, at  the time  required by  law as  set
            forth in Section 11.7.

            If  a  distribution  is  one  to  which  Code  sections
            401(a)(11) and 417 do not apply, such distribution  may
            commence  less than  30  days after  the aforementioned
            notices are provided, if:

            (a)  the Participant is  clearly informed  that he  or
                 she has the right to a period of at least 30 days
                 after  receipt of  such notices  to consider  the
                 decision as  to whether  to elect  a distribution
                 and  if   so  to  elect  a   particular  form  of
                 distribution and  to elect or not  elect a Direct
                 Rollover for all or a portion, if any, of his  or
                 her  distribution   which  will   constitute   an
                 Eligible Rollover Distribution; and

            (b)  the  Participant  after  receiving  such notices,
                 affirmatively  elects a distribution and a Direct
                 Rollover for all or a portion, if any, of his  or
                 her  distribution   which  will   constitute   an
                 Eligible  Rollover Distribution  or alternatively
                 elects  to have  all  or a  portion  made payable
                 directly to  him or  her, thereby not  electing a
                 Direct Rollover for all or a portion thereof.

      11.2  Spousal Consent

            A Participant is required to obtain Spousal Consent  in
            order to receive a distribution under the Plan.

      11.3  Payment Form and Medium

            A Participant  may elect  to be  paid in  any of  these
            forms:

            (a)  a single lump sum, or

            (b)  a portion  paid in a lump sum,  and the remainder
                 paid later, or

            (c)  periodic installments over a period not to exceed
                 the life expectancy of the Participant and his or
                 her Beneficiary.

            Distributions  shall be  made  in  cash, except  to the
            extent a  distribution consists of a distribution of an
            offset  amount as  described  in Section  9.13.    With
            regard to  the portion  of a distribution  representing
            an Eligible  Rollover Distribution,  a Distributee  may
            elect a  Direct Rollover for all  or a portion of  such
            amount.

      11.4  Distribution of Small Amounts

            If, at  the time  a Participant's  employment with  all
            Related  Companies   ends,  the  Participant's   vested
            Account  balance is  $3,500 or  less, the Participant's
            benefit may  be paid as a  single lump sum, without his
            or her  consent, and  if married, his  or her  spouse's
            consent,  after his or her employment  with all Related
            Companies   ends   in   accordance   with    procedures
            prescribed by the Administrator.

      11.5  Source and Timing of Distribution Funding

            A distribution  to a  Participant shall be  made solely
            from the assets  of his or her own Accounts and will be
            based on  the Account  values as of the  Trade Date the
            distribution is  processed.  The available assets shall
            be  determined  first  by  Account  type  and  then  by
            investment type  within each type  of Account.   Within
            each Account used  for funding a distribution,  amounts
            shall first  be taken from the  Sweep Account and  then
            taken by  type of  investment in  direct proportion  to
            the market value of the Participant's interest in  each
            Investment  Fund  as  of the  Trade Date  on  which the
            distribution is processed.

            Distributions  will be  funded on  the Settlement  Date
            following  the Trade Date as of  which the distribution
            is  processed.  The  Trustee shall make payment as soon
            thereafter as administratively feasible.


      11.6  Deemed Distribution

            For purposes  of Section 8.4,  vested Account  balances
            will be  deemed distributed as  of the Settlement  Date
            following  the  Sweep Date  on which  the Administrator
            has  reported  to the  Trustee  that  the Participant's
            employment with all Related Companies has terminated.

      11.7  Latest Commencement Permitted

            In addition  to any other  Plan requirements and unless
            a  Participant elects  otherwise,  his  or her  benefit
            payments will  begin not later than  60 days after  the
            end of the Plan Year in  which the Participant  attains
            his  or   her  Normal   Retirement  Date  or   retires,
            whichever is  later.   However,  if the  amount of  the
            payment or  the location  of the  Participant (after  a
            reasonable  search)  cannot  be   ascertained  by  that
            deadline, payment shall be made  no later than  60 days
            after  the  earliest  date  on  which  such  amount  or
            location  is ascertained but  in no event later than as
            described below.   A Participant's failure to elect  in
            such manner as prescribed by the  Administrator to have
            his or  her vested Account balance paid to  him or her,
            shall be  deemed to  be an election by  the Participant
            to defer his or her distribution.

            Benefit   payments  shall   begin   by  the   April   1
            immediately following the  end of the calendar year  in
            which the Participant  attains age 70 1/2 (whether or  not
            he or she is an Associate).

      11.8  Payment Within Life Expectancy

            The Participant's  payment election must be  consistent
            with  the requirement  of  Code section  401(a)(9) that
            all  payments are to  be completed  within a period not
            to exceed  the lives  or the  joint  and last  survivor
            life  expectancy of  the  Participant and  his  or  her
            Beneficiary.  The  life expectancies  of a  Participant
            and  his  or her  Beneficiary  may  not  be  recomputed
            annually.

      11.9  Incidental Benefit Rule

            The Participant's payment election  must be  consistent
            with the requirement that, if  the Participant's spouse
            is  not  his  or  her  sole  primary  Beneficiary,  the
            minimum  annual distribution  for  each  calendar year,
            beginning  with  the  year  in  which  the  Participant
            attains age 70 1/2  shall not  be less  than the  quotient
            obtained  by  dividing  (a)  the  Participant's  vested
            Account  balance as  of  the  last Trade  Date  of  the
            preceding  year  by  (b)  the   applicable  divisor  as
            determined  under  the incidental  benefit requirements
            of Code section 401(a)(9).

      11.10 Payment to Beneficiary

            Payment to a Beneficiary must either: (1) be  completed
            by  the end  of  the calendar  year  that  contains the
            fifth anniversary  of  the Participant's  death or  (2)
            begin by  the end  of the  calendar year that  contains
            the  first anniversary  of the  Participant's death and
            be  completed within  the period  of the  Beneficiary's
            life or life expectancy, except that:

            (a)  If   the  Participant  dies  after  the  April  1
                 immediately  following the  end of  the  calendar
                 year in  which he or she attains age 70 1/2, payment
                 to his  or her Beneficiary must  be made at least
                 as  rapidly  as  provided  in  the  Participant's
                 distribution election;

            (b)  If  the  surviving  spouse  is  the  Beneficiary,
                 payments  need not  begin  until the  end  of the
                 calendar year in which the Participant would have
                 attained age 70 1/2 and must be completed within the
                 spouse's life or life expectancy; and

            (c)  If the  Participant and the  surviving spouse who
                 is  the Beneficiary  die (1)  before the  April 1
                 immediately  following the  end  of  the calendar
                 year in which the Participant would have attained
                 age 70 1/2 and (2) before payments have begun to the
                 spouse,  the  spouse   will  be  treated  as  the
                 Participant in applying these rules.

      11.11 Beneficiary Designation

            Each    Participant   may    complete   a   beneficiary
            designation form indicating the  Beneficiary who is  to
            receive the  Participant's remaining  Plan interest  at
            the time of his  or her death.   The designation may be
            changed at any  time.  However, a Participant's  spouse
            shall  be  the  sole  primary  Beneficiary  unless  the
            designation   includes  Spousal   Consent  for  another
            Beneficiary.  If no  proper designation is in effect at
            the  time   of  a   Participant's  death   or  if   the
            Beneficiary  does  not  survive  the  Participant,  the
            Beneficiary shall be, in the order listed, the:

            (a)  Participant's surviving spouse,

            (b)  Participant's  children,  in  equal  shares,  per
                 stirpes (by right of representation), or

            (c)  Participant's estate.


 12   ADP AND ACP TESTS

      12.1  Contribution Limitation Definitions

            The  following  definitions  are  applicable  to   this
            Section 12  (where a  definition is  contained in  both
            Sections  1 and  12,  for purposes  of  Section  12 the
            Section 12 definition shall be controlling):

            (a)  "ACP"  or "Average Contribution Percentage".  The
                 Average Percentage calculated using Contributions
                 allocated to Participants as of a date within the
                 Plan Year.

            (b)  "ACP Test".  The determination of whether the ACP
                 is in  compliance with the  Basic or  Alternative
                 Limitation  for  a  Plan  Year  (as  provided  in
                 Section 12.2).

            (c)  "ADP"  or  "Average  Deferral  Percentage".   The
                 Average  Percentage  calculated  using  Deferrals
                 allocated to Participants as of a date within the
                 Plan Year.

            (d)  "ADP Test".  The determination of whether the ADP
                 is in compliance  with the  Basic or  Alternative
                 Limitation  for  a  Plan  Year  (as  provided  in
                 Section 12.2).

            (e)  "Average  Percentage".    The   average  of   the
                 calculated  percentages  for Participants  within
                 the specified  group.   The calculated percentage
                 refers    to    either    the    "Deferrals"   or
                 "Contributions" (as defined in this Section) made
                 on each Participant's behalf  for the Plan  Year,
                 divided  by  his  or  her  Compensation  for  the
                 portion of the  Plan Year in which he or  she was
                 an  Eligible  Associate   while  a   Participant.
                 (Associate Pre-Tax Contributions to this  Plan or
                 comparable  contributions  to  plans  of  Related
                 Companies which  will be  refunded solely because
                 they  exceed the  Contribution Dollar  Limit  are
                 included in the percentage  for the HCE Group but
                 not for the NHCE Group.)

            (f)  "Contributions"  shall  include Company  Matching
                 Contributions.   In addition,  Contributions  may
                 include   Associate   Pre-Tax  and   Supplemental
                 Retirement  Contributions, but only to the extent
                 that  (1) the  Employer elects  to use  them, (2)
                 they are not used or counted in the ADP Test, (3)
                 Supplemental  Retirement Contributions  are fully
                 vested when  made  and  not  withdrawable  by  an
                 Associate before  he or she attains  age 59 1/2, and
                 (4) Associate Pre-Tax Contributions are necessary
                 to  meet  the  ACP  Test  Alternative  Limitation
                 (defined in Section 12.2 (b)) or the Multiple Use
                 Test.

            (g)  "Deferrals"   shall  include   Associate  Pre-Tax
                 Contributions.    In   addition,  Deferrals   may
                 include   Company   Matching   and   Supplemental
                 Retirement Contributions, but only to  the extent
                 that  (1) the  Employer elects  to use  them, (2)
                 they are not used or counted in the ACP Test, and
                 (3) such Contributions are fully vested when made
                 and not withdrawable by an Associate before he or
                 she attains age 59 1/2.

            (h)  "Family  Member".   An Associate  who is,  at any
                 time  during the  Plan Year  or Lookback  Year, a
                 spouse, lineal ascendant or descendant, or spouse
                 of  a lineal  ascendant or  descendant of  (1) an
                 active or former Associate who at any time during
                 Plan  Year  or Lookback  Year is  a more  than 5%
                 Owner  (within   the  meaning  of  Code   section
                 414(q)(3)), or  (2) an  HCE who  is among  the 10
                 Associates with the highest Compensation for such
                 Year.

            (i)  "HCE"  or "Highly  Compensated Employee".    With
                 respect   to  each   Employer  and   its  Related
                 Companies, an  Associate during the Plan  Year or
                 Lookback  Year  who  (in  accordance   with  Code
                 section 414(q)):

                 (1)  Was a more than 5% Owner at  any time during
                      the Lookback Year or Plan Year;

                 (2)  Received  Compensation  during the  Lookback
                      Year (or in the  Plan Year if among  the 100
                      Associates with the highest Compensation for
                      such Year)  in  excess of  (i)  $75,000  (as
                      adjusted  for such  Year  pursuant  to  Code
                      sections  414(q)(1)  and  415(d)),  or  (ii)
                      $50,000 (as adjusted for such  Year pursuant
                      to  Code sections  414(q)(1) and  415(d)) in
                      the case of a member of the "top-paid group"
                      (within   the   meaning   of  Code   section
                      414(q)(4))   for   such   Year),   provided,
                      however,  that  if  the conditions  of  Code
                      section   414(q)(12)(B)(ii)  are   met,  the
                      Company may elect for any Plan Year to apply
                      clause  (i)  by  substituting   $50,000  for
                      $75,000 and not to apply clause (ii);

                 (3)  Was  an  officer of  a  Related  Company and
                      received  Compensation  during the  Lookback
                      Year  (or in the Plan  Year if among the 100
                      Associates with the highest Compensation for
                      such Year)  that is greater than  50% of the
                      dollar  limitation  in  effect   under  Code
                      section 415(b)(1)(A)  and (d) for  such Year
                      (or if no officer has Compensation in excess
                      of  the  threshold,  the  officer  with  the
                      highest  Compensation),  provided  that  the
                      number of  officers shall  be limited  to 50
                      Associates  (or, if  less,  the  greater  of
                      three Associates or  10% of the Associates);
                      or

                 (4)  Was a  Family Member at any  time during the
                      Lookback  Year or Plan  Year, in  which case
                      the  Contributions  and Compensation  of the
                      HCE and  his or her Family  Members shall be
                      aggregated and  they shall  be treated  as a
                      single HCE.

                 A former Associate shall be treated as an  HCE if
                 (1)  such former  Associate  was an  HCE  when he
                 separated  from  service,  or  (2)   such  former
                 Associate was an HCE in service at any time after
                 attaining age 55.

                 The determination of who is an HCE, including the
                 determinations  of  the  number  and identity  of
                 Associates  in  the top-paid  group, the  top 100
                 Associates and  the number of Associates  treated
                 as officers shall be made in accordance with Code
                 section 414(q).

            (j)  "HCE Group"  and "NHCE  Group".  With  respect to
                 each Employer  and  its  Related  Companies,  the
                 respective  group  of  HCEs  and  NHCEs  who  are
                 eligible  to have  amounts  contributed  on their
                 behalf  for the  Plan Year,  including Associates
                 who would be eligible  but for their election not
                 to participate or to contribute, or because their
                 Pay is  greater than zero  but does  not exceed a
                 stated minimum.

                 (1)  If the  Related  Companies maintain  two  or
                      more plans  which are subject to  the ADP or
                      ACP Test and are  considered as one plan for
                      purposes  of  Code  sections   401(a)(4)  or
                      410(b), all such  plans shall be  aggregated
                      and  treated as  one  plan  for purposes  of
                      meeting  the  ADP  and  ACP  Tests, provided
                      that,   for   Plan  Years   beginning  after
                      December  31,   1989,  plans  may   only  be
                      aggregated if they have the same Plan Year.

                 (2)  If an HCE,  who is  one of the  top 10  paid
                      Associates or a more  than 5% Owner, has any
                      Family Members, the Deferrals, Contributions
                      and Compensation of such  HCE and his or her
                      Family Members shall be combined and treated
                      as a single HCE.  Such amounts for all other
                      Family  Members shall  be  removed from  the
                      NHCE  Group  percentage  calculation and  be
                      combined with the HCE's.

                 (3)  If an HCE is covered  by more than one  cash
                      or  deferred  arrangement maintained  by the
                      Related Companies,  all such plans  shall be
                      aggregated  and  treated  as  one  plan  for
                      purposes   of   calculating   the   separate
                      percentage for the HCE  which is used in the
                      determination of the Average Percentage.

            (k)  "Lookback   Year".    Pursuant  to  Code  section
                 414(q),  the Company elects as  the Lookback Year
                 the  12 months  ending immediately  prior  to the
                 start of the Plan Year.

            (l)  "Multiple  Use  Test".   The  test  described  in
                 Section  12.4 which  a Plan  must meet  where the
                 Alternative  Limitation   (described  in  Section
                 12.2(b))  is used to  meet both  the ADP  and ACP
                 Tests.

            (m)  "NHCE"  or "Non-Highly Compensated Employee".  An
                 Associate who is not an HCE.

      12.2  ADP and ACP Tests

            For each Plan Year,  the ADP and ACP  for the HCE Group
            must meet  either the  Basic or Alternative  Limitation
            when compared  to the  respective ADP and  ACP for  the
            NHCE Group, determined as follows:

            (a)  Basic   Limitation.     The  HCE   Group  Average
                 Percentage may  not exceed  1.25 times  the  NHCE
                 Group Average Percentage.

            (b)  Alternative  Limitation.   The HCE  Group Average
                 Percentage is  limited by reference  to the  NHCE
                 Group Average Percentage as follows:

                  If the NHCE Group        Then the Maximum HCE
                       Average           Group Average Percentage
                    Percentage is:                 is:

                     Less than 2%           2 times NHCE Group
                                                 Average %
                       2% to 8%             NHCE Group Average %
                                                 plus 2%
                     More than 8%           NA - Basic Limitation
                                                 applies

      12.3  Correction of ADP and ACP Tests

            If the ADP or ACP Tests  are not met, the Administrator
            shall  determine, no  later than  the end  of the  next
            Plan Year, a maximum percentage to  be used in place of
            the  calculated  percentage for  all  HCEs  that  would
            reduce the  ADP  and/or ACP  for  the  HCE group  by  a
            sufficient amount to meet the ADP and ACP Tests.

            (a)  ADP Correction.   Associate Pre-Tax Contributions
                 shall, by  the  end  of the  next Plan  Year,  be
                 refunded  (including amounts  previously refunded
                 because  they  exceeded  the  Contribution Dollar
                 Limit) to  the Participant in an  amount equal to
                 the actual  Deferrals minus  the product  of  the
                 maximum percentage  and the  HCE's  Compensation.
                 Excess   amounts  shall   first  be   taken  from
                 unmatched  Associate  Pre-Tax  Contributions  and
                 then     from    matched     Associate    Pre-Tax
                 Contributions.         Any    Company    Matching
                 Contributions  attributable  to  refunded  excess
                 Associate Pre-Tax Contributions  as described  in
                 this Section shall  be deemed a Contribution made
                 by reason of  a mistake of fact and  removed from
                 the Participant's Account.

            (b)  ACP Correction.   Company Matching  Contributions
                 shall, by  the  end  of the  next Plan  Year,  be
                 refunded to the Participant in an amount equal to
                 the actual Contributions minus the product of the
                 maximum percentage and the HCE's Compensation.

            (c)  Investment  Fund  Sources.   Once  the  amount of
                 excess   Deferrals    and/or   Contributions   is
                 determined amounts shall then be taken by type of
                 investment  in  direct  proportion to  the market
                 value  of  the  Participant's  interest  in  each
                 Investment   Fund  (which   excludes  Participant
                 loans) at the time the correction is made.

            (d)  Family  Member  Correction.   To  the extent  any
                 reduction is necessary with respect to an HCE and
                 his or her Family Members that have been combined
                 and treated  for  testing purposes  as  a  single
                 Associate, the excess Deferrals and Contributions
                 from the  ADP and/or  ACP Test shall  be prorated
                 among each such Participant in  direct proportion
                 to his or her Deferrals or Contributions included
                 in each Test.

      12.4  Multiple Use Test

            If  the  Alternative  Limitation  (defined  in  Section
            12.2) is used  to meet both the  ADP and ACP Tests, the
            ADP  and ACP for  the HCE  Group must  also comply with
            the requirements of  Code section 401(m)(9). Such  Code
            section requires  that the sum of  the ADP  and ACP for
            the  HCE  Group (as  determined  after any  corrections
            needed to  meet the ADP and  ACP Tests  have been made)
            not exceed the  sum (which produces the most  favorable
            result) of:

            (a)  the  Basic Limitation  (defined in  Section 12.2)
                 applied to  either the ADP  or ACP  for the  NHCE
                 Group, and

            (b)  the Alternative  Limitation applied  to the other
                 NHCE Group percentage.

      12.5  Correction of Multiple Use Test

            If   the   multiple   use  limit   is   exceeded,   the
            Administrator shall  determine a maximum percentage  to
            be used in place of  the calculated percentage  for all
            HCEs that  would reduce either or  both the  ADP or ACP
            for the  HCE Group by a  sufficient amount  to meet the
            multiple use  limit.   Any excess  shall be handled  in
            the  same  manner  that   the  distribution  of  excess
            Deferrals or Contributions are handled.

      12.6  Adjustment for Investment Gain or Loss

            Any  excess Deferrals  or Contributions  to be refunded
            to  a  Participant  or  forfeited  in  accordance  with
            Section 12.3 or  12.5 shall be adjusted for  investment
            gain or  loss.   Refunds shall  not include  investment
            gain or  loss for  the period  between the  end of  the
            applicable Plan Year and the date of distribution.

      12.7  Testing Responsibilities and Required Records

            The  Administrator  shall  be responsible  for ensuring
            that the Plan meets the ADP Test, the ACP Test and  the
            Multiple  Use  Test, and  that the  Contribution Dollar
            Limit  is   not  exceeded.     In   carrying  out   its
            responsibilities,  the  Administrator shall  have  sole
            discretion   to   limit   or   reduce   Deferrals    or
            Contributions  at any  time.   The  Administrator shall
            maintain records  which are  sufficient to  demonstrate
            that the  ADP Test, the ACP  Test and  the Multiple Use
            Test, have been met for  each Plan Year for at least as
            long as the  Employer's corresponding tax year is  open
            to audit.

      12.8  Separate Testing

            (a)  Multiple Employers:  The  determination of  HCEs,
                 NHCEs, and the performance of the testing and any
                 corrective action  resulting therefrom  shall  be
                 made separately with regard to  the Associates of
                 each Employer (and its Related Companies) that is
                 not a Related Company with the other Employer(s).

            (b)  Collective  Bargaining Units:  The performance of
                 the ADP Test, and if applicable, the ACP Test and
                 Multiple Use  Test,  and  any  corrective  action
                 resulting therefrom shall  be applied  separately
                 to Associates who  are eligible to participate in
                 the Plan  as a result of  a collective bargaining
                 agreement.

            In addition,  separate testing may  be applied, at  the
            discretion of  the  Administrator  and  to  the  extent
            permitted under  Treasury regulations, to  any group of
            Associates for whom separate testing is permissible.


 13   MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTION AND BENEFIT LIMITATIONS

      13.1  "Annual Addition" Defined

            The sum of  all amounts allocated to the  Participant's
            Account   for   a   Plan   Year.      Amounts   include
            contributions (except for rollovers  or transfers  from
            another  qualified  plan),  forfeitures  and,  if   the
            Participant is a Key Employee (pursuant to Section  14)
            for  the applicable  or any  prior Plan  Year,  medical
            benefits provided pursuant to Code section  419A(d)(1).
            For  purposes  of  this Section  13.1,  "Account"  also
            includes  a Participant's account in  all other defined
            contribution  plans currently  or previously maintained
            by any  Related Company.  The  Plan Year  refers to the
            year  to which  the allocation  pertains, regardless of
            when it  was allocated.   The  Plan Year  shall be  the
            Code section 415 limitation year.

      13.2  Maximum Annual Addition

            The Annual Addition  to a Participant's accounts  under
            this  Plan  and  any  other  defined contribution  plan
            maintained by  any Related  Company for  any Plan  Year
            shall  not exceed the lesser  of (1) 25% of  his or her
            Taxable Income  or (2) the greater  of $30,000 or  one-
            quarter of the  dollar limitation in effect under  Code
            section 415(b)(1)(A).

      13.3  Avoiding an Excess Annual Addition

            If, at any time during a  Plan Year, the allocation  of
            any additional  Contributions would  produce an  excess
            Annual  Addition  for such  year,  Contributions  to be
            made  for the  remainder  of  the Plan  Year  shall  be
            limited  to  the   amount  needed  for  each   affected
            Participant to receive the maximum Annual Addition.

      13.4  Correcting an Excess Annual Addition

            Upon the discovery  of an  excess Annual Addition to  a
            Participant's  Account  (resulting  from   forfeitures,
            allocations,    reasonable   error    in    determining
            Participant  compensation  or the  amount  of  elective
            contributions,   or   other  facts   and  circumstances
            acceptable to the Internal  Revenue Service) the excess
            amount  (adjusted to  reflect investment  gains)  shall
            first be returned  to the Participant to the extent  of
            his or  her unmatched  Associate Pre-Tax  Contributions
            and then to the extent of  his or her matched Associate
            Pre-Tax Contributions  (however to the extent Associate
            Pre-Tax  Contributions  were  matched,  the  applicable
            Company Matching  Contributions shall  be forfeited  in
            proportion to  the returned  matched Associate  Pre-Tax
            Contributions) and the remaining  excess, if any, shall
            be  forfeited  by  the Participant  and  together  with
            forfeited   Company  Matching   Contributions  used  to
            reduce   subsequent  Contributions   as   soon   as  is
            administratively feasible.

      13.5  Correcting a Multiple Plan Excess

            If a  Participant, whose  Account is  credited with  an
            excess Annual  Addition, received  allocations to  more
            than  one defined  contribution plan, the  excess shall
            be corrected by  reducing the Annual  Addition to  this
            Plan only after all  possible reductions have been made
            to the other defined contribution plans.

      13.6  "Defined Benefit Fraction" Defined

            The fraction,  for any  Plan Year, where  the numerator
            is  the "projected annual benefit"  and the denominator
            is the  greater  of  125%  of  the  "protected  current
            accrued benefit"  or  the  normal  limit which  is  the
            lesser of  (1) 125%  of the  maximum dollar  limitation
            provided under Code  section 415(b)(1)(A) for the  Plan
            Year or (2) 140% of the amount which may be taken  into
            account  under Code  section 415(b)(1)(B) for  the Plan
            Year, where a Participant's:

            (a)  "projected  annual benefit" is the annual benefit
                 provided by the Plan determined pursuant  to Code
                 section 415(e)(2)(A), and


            (b)  "protected current accrued benefit" in  a defined
                 benefit plan in  existence (1) on  July 1,  1982,
                 shall be the accrued annual  benefit provided for
                 under  Public Law  97-248, section  235(g)(4), as
                 amended, or  (2) on  May 6,  1986, shall  be  the
                 accrued  annual benefit provided for under Public
                 Law 99-514, section 1106(i)(3).

      13.7  "Defined Contribution Fraction" Defined

            The  fraction where  the numerator  is the  sum of  the
            Participant's  Annual Addition  for  each Plan  Year to
            date  and the  denominator is  the  sum of  the "annual
            amounts" for  each year  in which  the Participant  has
            performed service  with a Related Company.  The "annual
            amount" for any Plan  Year is the lesser of (1) 125% of
            the  Code   section   415(c)(1)(A)  dollar   limitation
            (determined  without regard  to  subsection  (c)(6)) in
            effect  for the  Plan Year  and (2)  140% of  the  Code
            section  415(c)(1)(B) amount  in  effect for  the  Plan
            Year, where:

            (a)  each  Annual Addition  is determined  pursuant to
                 the Code section 415(c)  rules in effect for such
                 Plan Year, and

            (b)  the numerator is  adjusted pursuant to Public Law
                 97-248, section 235(g)(3), as amended,  or Public
                 Law 99-514, section 1106(i)(4).

      13.8  Combined Plan Limits and Correction

            If a  Participant has  also participated  in a  defined
            benefit plan  maintained by a  Related Company, the sum
            of  the  Defined   Benefit  Fraction  and  the  Defined
            Contribution Fraction for any Plan Year  may not exceed
            1.0.   If  the combined  fraction  exceeds 1.0  for any
            Plan  Year, the Participant's benefit under any defined
            benefit  plan   (to  the   extent  it   has  not   been
            distributed or  used to  purchase an annuity  contract)
            shall be  limited so  that the  combined fraction  does
            not exceed 1.0  before any defined  contribution limits
            will be enforced.


 14   TOP HEAVY RULES

      14.1  Top Heavy Definitions

            When  capitalized, the following words and phrases have
            the following meanings when used in this Section:

            (a)  "Aggregation  Group".   The  group  consisting of
                 each qualified  plan  of  an  Employer  (and  its
                 Related Companies) (1) in which a Key Employee is
                 a participant  or  was a  participant during  the
                 determination period (regardless  of whether such
                 plan   has  terminated),  or  (2)  which  enables
                 another   plan  in   the   group  to   meet   the
                 requirements  of  Code   sections  401(a)(4)   or
                 410(b).   The Employer  may also treat  any other
                 qualified plan as part  of the group if the group
                 would continue  to meet the requirements  of Code
                 sections  401(a)(4)  and 410(b)  with  such  plan
                 being taken into account.

            (b)  "Determination Date".  The last Trade Date of the
                 preceding Plan Year or, in the case of the Plan's
                 first year, the last Trade Date of the first Plan
                 Year.

            (c)  "Key Employee".   A  current or former  Associate
                 (or  his  or her  Beneficiary)  who  at any  time
                 during  the  five   year  period  ending  on  the
                 Determination Date was:

                 (1)  an  officer  of   a  Related  Company  whose
                      Compensation  (i) exceeds 50%  of the amount
                      in  effect  under Code  section 415(b)(1)(A)
                      and  (ii) places  him  within the  following
                      highest paid group of officers:

                            Number of
                           Associates
                       not Excluded Under          Number of
                              Code                Highest Paid
                        Section 414(q)(8)      Officers Included

                          Less than 30                 3
                            30 to 500          10% of the number
                                                       of
                                                 Associates not
                                                    excluded
                                               under Code section
                                                   414(q)(8)
                          More than 500               50

                 (2)  a more than 5% Owner,

                 (3)  a  more  than  1%  Owner  whose Compensation
                      exceeds $150,000, or

                 (4)  a more than 0.5%  Owner who is among  the 10
                      Associates owning the largest interest  in a
                      Related   Company  and   whose  Compensation
                      exceeds  the amount  in  effect  under  Code
                      section 415(c)(1)(A).

            (d)  "Plan Benefit".  The  sum as of the Determination
                 Date  of (1)  an  Associate's  Account,  (2)  the
                 present  value  of  his   or  her  other  accrued
                 benefits provided  by all qualified plans  within
                 the Aggregation  Group,  and  (3)  the  aggregate
                 distributions  made within  the five  year period
                 ending on such date.  Plan Benefits shall exclude
                 rollover contributions and plan to plan transfers
                 made  after December  31,  1983  which  are  both
                 associate initiated and from a plan maintained by
                 a non-related employer.

            (e)  "Top  Heavy".   The Plan's  status when  the Plan
                 Benefits  of Key Employees account  for more than
                 60% of the  Plan Benefits of  all Associates  who
                 have  performed services  at any time  during the
                 five year  period  ending  on  the  Determination
                 Date.   The Plan Benefits of Associates who were,
                 but  are no longer,  Key Employees  (because they
                 have not been an officer or Owner during the five
                 year period), are excluded in the determination.

      14.2  Special Contributions

            (a)  Minimum  Contribution Requirement.  For each Plan
                 Year in which the Plan is Top Heavy, the Employer
                 shall not  allow any contributions  (other than a
                 Rollover Contribution) to be made by or on behalf
                 of any  Key Employee unless the  Employer makes a
                 contribution  (other than  Associate  Pre-Tax and
                 Company  Matching Contributions) on behalf of all
                 Participants who were Eligible  Associates as  of
                 the last day of the Plan Year in an amount equal
                 to at least 3% of each such Participant's Taxable
                 Income.  The Administrator shall remove  any such
                 contributions  (including  applicable  investment
                 gain  or  loss)  credited  to  a  Key  Employee's
                 Account in violation  of the  foregoing rule  and
                 return them  to the Employer or  Associate to the
                 extent  permitted   by  the  Limited  Return   of
                 Contributions paragraph of Section 18.

            (b)  Overriding  Minimum  Benefit.    Notwithstanding,
                 contributions shall be permitted on behalf of Key
                 Employees   if  the  Employer  also  maintains  a
                 defined benefit plan which automatically provides
                 a  benefit  which   satisfies  the  Code  section
                 416(c)(1) minimum benefit requirements, including
                 the   adjustment   provided   in   Code   section
                 416(h)(2)(A),  if  applicable.   If this  Plan is
                 part  of  an aggregation  group  in  which a  Key
                 Associate is  receiving a benefit and  no minimum
                 is  provided  in   any  other  plan,   a  minimum
                 contribution  of at  least  3% of  Taxable Income
                 shall be provided to  the Participants  specified
                 in  the preceding  paragraph.   In  addition, the
                 Employer may offset a defined benefit  minimum by
                 contributions  (other than Associate  Pre-Tax and
                 Company  Matching  Contributions)  made  to  this
                 Plan.

      14.3  Adjustment to Combined Limits for Different Plans

            For each  Plan Year  in which  the Plan  is Top  Heavy,
            100% shall be  substituted for 125% in determining  the
            Defined Benefit  Fraction and the Defined  Contribution
            Fraction.


 15   PLAN ADMINISTRATION

      15.1  Plan Delineates Authority and Responsibility

            Plan    fiduciaries    include   the    Company,    the
            Administrator,  the  Committee  and/or the  Trustee, as
            applicable,  whose specific  duties  are  delineated in
            this Plan  and Trust.   In  addition, Plan  fiduciaries
            also include any other person to whom fiduciary  duties
            or  responsibility is  delegated  with respect  to  the
            Plan.  Any  person or group may  serve in more than one
            fiduciary capacity  with respect to the  Plan.  To  the
            extent permitted under ERISA section  405, no fiduciary
            shall be liable for a breach by another fiduciary.

      15.2  Fiduciary Standards

            Each fiduciary shall:

            (a)  discharge his  or her  duties in accordance  with
                 this  Plan  and  Trust  to  the extent  they  are
                 consistent with ERISA;

            (b)  use  that  degree of  care,  skill,  prudence and
                 diligence that a prudent  person acting in a like
                 capacity and familiar with such matters would use
                 in  the  conduct  of  an  enterprise  of  a  like
                 character and with like aims;

            (c)  act  with  the  exclusive  purpose  of  providing
                 benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries,
                 and    defraying     reasonable    expenses    of
                 administering the Plan;

            (d)  diversify  Plan investments,  to the  extent such
                 fiduciary  is  responsible   for  directing   the
                 investment of Plan assets,  so as to minimize the
                 risk   of   large   losses,   unless  under   the
                 circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so;
                 and

            (e)  treat   similarly   situated   Participants   and
                 Beneficiaries in a  uniform and nondiscriminatory
                 manner.

      15.3  Company is ERISA Plan Administrator

            The Company  is  the  plan  administrator,  within  the
            meaning of  ERISA section  3(16), which is  responsible
            for  compliance  with  all  reporting  and   disclosure
            requirements,  except  those  that  are explicitly  the
            responsibility  of the  Trustee  under  applicable law.
            The  Administrator  and/or  Committee  shall  have  any
            necessary  authority   to  carry   out  such  functions
            through  the   actions  of   the  Administrator,   duly
            appointed   officers  of   the  Company,   and/or   the
            Committee.

      15.4  Administrator Duties

            The   Administrator   shall  have   the   discretionary
            authority to construe  this Plan and Trust, other  than
            the provisions which  relate to the  Trustee, and to do
            all  things  necessary  or  convenient  to  effect  the
            intent  and  purposes  thereof,  whether  or  not  such
            powers  are specifically  set forth  in this  Plan  and
            Trust.     Actions   taken  in   good  faith   by   the
            Administrator shall  be conclusive and  binding on  all
            interested  parties, and  shall  be  given the  maximum
            possible deference allowed by law.  In addition to  the
            duties listed  elsewhere in  this Plan  and Trust,  the
            Administrator's  authority shall  include, but  not  be
            limited to, the discretionary authority to:

            (a)  determine who  is eligible  to participate,  if a
                 contribution    qualifies     as    a    rollover
                 contribution,  the  allocation of  Contributions,
                 and  the eligibility  for loans,  withdrawals and
                 distributions;

            (b)  determine  what fees  are to  be charged  to each
                 Participant's   Account    including   the   fees
                 described in Appendix B;

            (c)  provide each  Participant  with  a  summary  plan
                 description no later than 90 days after he or she
                 has become  a Participant  (or such  other period
                 permitted under ERISA section 104(b)(1)), as well
                 as  informing  each  Participant of  any material
                 modification to the Plan in a timely manner;

            (d)  make  a copy of the following documents available
                 to  Participants during  normal work  hours: this
                 Plan and Trust (including subsequent amendments),
                 all  annual  and interim  reports of  the Trustee
                 related  to the  entire Plan,  the  latest annual
                 report and the summary plan description;

            (e)  determine the fact  of a Participant's death  and
                 of  any  Beneficiary's  right   to  receive   the
                 deceased Participant's interest  based upon  such
                 proof and evidence as it deems necessary;

            (f)  establish and review at least annually a  funding
                 policy bearing  in mind  both the  short-run  and
                 long-run needs  and goals  of the  Plan.   To the
                 extent   Participants   may   direct   their  own
                 investments,  the funding  policy shall  focus on
                 which   Investment   Funds   are   available  for
                 Participants to use; and

            (g)  adjudicate   claims   pursuant   to   the  claims
                 procedure described in Section 18.

      15.5  Advisors May be Retained

            The Administrator may  retain such agents and  advisors
            (including    attorneys,    accountants,     actuaries,
            consultants,  record  keepers, investment  counsel  and
            administrative  assistants) as  it considers  necessary
            to assist  it in  the performance  of its duties.   The
            Administrator  shall   also  comply  with  the  bonding
            requirements of ERISA section 412.

      15.6  Delegation of Administrator Duties

            The Company,  as Administrator of the Plan, may appoint
            a Committee  to administer the Plan on its behalf.  The
            Company or the Committee, on the  Company's behalf, may
            retain a Plan Administrator to assist it in
            performance  of   some  or   all  of  the   Committee's
            administrative duties.   The  Plan Administrator  shall
            carry on  such duties as directed by the Company or the
            Committee.

            The Company  shall provide the  Trustee with the  names
            and specimen signatures  of any  persons authorized  to
            serve as  Committee members, or  as Plan Administrator,
            and act  as or  on its  behalf.   Any Committee  member
            appointed by  the Company shall  serve at the  pleasure
            of  the Company, but  may resign  by written  notice to
            the Company.   Committee  members  shall serve  without
            compensation from  the Plan for  such services.  Except
            to the extent that the Company otherwise provides,  any
            delegation of duties  to a Committee  shall carry  with
            it   the    full   discretionary   authority   of   the
            Administrator to complete such duties.

      15.7  Committee Operating Rules

            (a)  Actions  of Majority.   Any act  delegated by the
                 Company  to  the  Committee  may  be  done  by  a
                 majority  of its  members.   The majority  may be
                 expressed by a  vote at  a meeting or in  writing
                 without a meeting, and a majority action shall be
                 equivalent to an action of all Committee members.

            (b)  Meetings.  The Committee shall hold meetings upon
                 such notice,  place  and times  as it  determines
                 necessary  to  conduct  its  functions  properly.
                 Meetings may be held by telephone conference call
                 so  long  as  all  persons  participating  in the
                 meeting can hear each other.

            (c)  Reliance by Trustee.  The Committee may authorize
                 one or more of  its members to execute  documents
                 on  its behalf and may  authorize one or  more of
                 its members  or  other  individuals who  are  not
                 members to give written direction  to the Trustee
                 in the  performance of its duties.  The Committee
                 shall  provide such  authorization in  writing to
                 the Trustee with the name and specimen signatures
                 of any  person authorized  to act on  its behalf.
                 The Trustee shall accept  such direction and rely
                 upon  it  until  notified  in  writing  that  the
                 Committee has  revoked the  authorization to give
                 such direction.  The  Trustee shall not be deemed
                 to be  on notice of any  change in the membership
                 of  the Committee,  parties authorized  to direct
                 the Trustee in the performance of  its duties, or
                 the duties  delegated  to and  by  the  Committee
                 until notified in writing.


 16   MANAGEMENT OF INVESTMENTS

      16.1  Trust Agreement

            All Plan assets shall be held  by the Trustee in trust,
            in accordance  with those provisions  of this Plan  and
            Trust  which  relate   to  the  Trustee,  for  use   in
            providing Plan  benefits and paying  Plan expenses  not
            paid directly  by the Employer.   Plan benefits will be
            drawn solely from the Trust and  paid by the Trustee as
            directed  by  the Administrator.  Notwithstanding,  the
            Administrator  may  appoint, with  the approval  of the
            Trustee, another trustee  to hold  and administer  Plan
            assets which  do not meet  the requirements of  Section
            16.2.

      16.2  Investment Funds

            The  Administrator  is  hereby   granted  authority  to
            direct  the Trustee to  invest Trust  assets in  one or
            more Investment Funds.   The number and composition  of
            Investment  Funds may be  changed from time to time, in
            writing,  without the  necessity of  amending this Plan
            and  Trust  document.     The  Trustee  may   establish
            reasonable limits on the number of Investment Funds  as
            well as the  acceptable assets for any such  Investment
            Fund.   Each of  the Investment Funds may  be comprised
            of any of the following:

            (a)  shares  of  a   registered  investment   company,
                 whether  or  not  the   Trustee  or  any  of  its
                 affiliates is  an  advisor to,  or other  service
                 provider to, such company;

            (b)  collective  investment  funds  maintained  by the
                 Trustee,  or  any other  fiduciary  to  the Plan,
                 which  are  available for  investment  by  trusts
                 which  are qualified  under Code  sections 401(a)
                 and 501(a);

            (c)  individual  equity  and  fixed  income securities
                 which are readily tradeable on the open market;

            (d)  guaranteed investment contracts  issued by a bank
                 or insurance company;

            (e)  interest bearing deposits of the Trustee; and

            (f)  Company Stock.

            Any  Investment Fund  assets  invested in  a collective
            investment   fund,  shall   be  subject   to  all   the
            provisions   of   the  instruments   establishing   and
            governing such fund.  These instruments, including  any
            subsequent   amendments,  are  incorporated  herein  by
            reference.

      16.3  Authority to Hold Cash

            The  Trustee shall  have  the authority  to  cause  the
            investment manager of each  Investment Fund to maintain
            sufficient deposit or money market type assets in  each
            Investment  Fund  to handle  the  Fund's  liquidity and
            disbursement    needs.       Each   Participant's   and
            Beneficiary's  Sweep Account,  which  is used  to  hold
            assets   pending  investment   or  disbursement,  shall
            consist of interest  bearing deposits of the Trustee.


      16.4  Trustee to Act Upon Instructions

            The  Trustee shall  carry  out instructions  to  invest
            assets in the  Investment Funds as soon as  practicable
            after   such  instructions   are  received   from   the
            Administrator,  Participants,  or Beneficiaries.   Such
            instructions  shall remain  in effect until  changed by
            the Administrator, Participants or Beneficiaries.

      16.5  Administrator Has Right to  Vote Registered  Investment
            Company Shares

            The Administrator shall be entitled to vote proxies  or
            exercise  any  shareholder rights  relating  to  shares
            held on  behalf of the  Plan in a registered investment
            company.    Notwithstanding,  the   authority  to  vote
            proxies  and  exercise shareholder  rights  related  to
            such  shares held  in  a  Custom Fund  is  governed  by
            Section 16.6 hereof.

      16.6  Custom Fund Investment Management

            The Administrator  may designate,  with the consent  of
            the Trustee, an  investment manager for any  Investment
            Fund   established   by   the    Trustee   solely   for
            Participants  of this  Plan  (a "Custom  Fund").    The
            investment manager  may be  the Administrator,  Trustee
            or  an  investment manager  pursuant  to ERISA  section
            3(38).  The  Administrator shall advise the Trustee  in
            writing of  the  appointment of  an investment  manager
            and shall cause  the investment manager to  acknowledge
            to the Trustee  in writing that the investment  manager
            is a fiduciary to the Plan.

            A Custom Fund shall be subject to the following:

            (a)  Guidelines.   Written guidelines,  acceptable  to
                 the Trustee,  shall be  established for  a Custom
                 Fund.    If  a  Custom  Fund consists  solely  of
                 collective   investment  funds  or  shares  of  a
                 registered  investment  company  (and  sufficient
                 deposit or money market type assets to handle the
                 Fund's  liquidity  and  disbursement  needs), its
                 underlying   instruments  shall   constitute  the
                 guidelines.

            (b)  Authority of Investment  Manager.  The investment
                 manager of a Custom Fund shall have the authority
                 to  vote or execute proxies, exercise shareholder
                 rights,  manage, acquire,  and  dispose  of Trust
                 assets.  Notwithstanding, the  authority to  vote
                 proxies and exercise  shareholder rights  related
                 to shares of Company Stock held in  a Custom Fund
                 is governed by Section 16.9 hereof.

            (c)  Custody and  Trade Settlement.   Unless otherwise
                 agreed  to by  the  Trustee,  the  Trustee  shall
                 maintain custody of all Custom Fund assets and be
                 responsible for the settlement of all Custom Fund
                 trades.  For purposes  of this section, shares of
                 a  collective   investment  fund,  shares  of   a
                 registered  investment   company  and  guaranteed
                 investment   contracts  issued   by  a   bank  or
                 insurance  company,  shall  be  regarded  as  the
                 Custom  Fund  assets  instead  of the  underlying
                 assets of such instruments.

            (d)  Limited Liability of Co-Fiduciaries.  Neither the
                 Administrator nor the Trustee shall  be obligated
                 to  invest or  otherwise manage  any  Custom Fund
                 assets for which the Trustee or Administrator  is
                 not   the  investment   manager  nor   shall  the
                 Administrator or  Trustee be  liable for acts  or
                 omissions with regard to  the investment of  such
                 assets except to the extent required by ERISA.

      16.7  Authority to Segregate Assets

            The  Company  may  direct  the  Trustee  to  split   an
            Investment  Fund into  two or  more funds  in the event
            any  assets in the  Fund are  illiquid or  the value is
            not  readily  determinable.    In  the  event  of  such
            segregation,  the Company  shall give  instructions  to
            the Trustee  on  what value  to use  for the  split-off
            assets, and  the Trustee shall  not be responsible  for
            confirming such value.

      16.8  Maximum Permitted Investment in Company Stock

            If  the  Company provides  for  a  Company  Stock  Fund
            directly or  through a  Master Company  Stock Fund  the
            Fund   shall  be   comprised   of  Company   Stock  and
            sufficient  deposit  or money  market  type  assets  to
            handle  the Fund's  liquidity  and  disbursement needs.
            The Fund  may be as large  as necessary  to comply with
            Participants' and  Beneficiaries' investment  elections
            as well  as the total  investment of Participants'  and
            Beneficiaries' Company Matching Accounts.

      16.9  Participants  Have Right  to  Vote and  Tender  Company
            Stock

            Each Participant or  Beneficiary shall  be entitled  to
            instruct the Trustee  as to the  voting or tendering of
            any full or  partial shares  of Company  Stock held  on
            his or  her behalf in the Company Stock Fund.  Prior to
            such  voting  or  tendering  of  Company  Stock,   each
            Participant or Beneficiary shall receive a copy of  the
            proxy  solicitation or other  material relating to such
            vote  or  tender decision  and  a  blank  form for  the
            Participant    or   Beneficiary   to   complete   which
            confidentially instructs the Trustee to vote or  tender
            such shares in the manner indicated by the  Participant
            or  Beneficiary.   Upon receipt  of such  instructions,
            the Trustee shall act  with respect to  such shares  as
            instructed.    The  Administrator  shall  instruct  the
            Trustee  with  respect  to how  to vote  or  tender any
            shares for  which  instructions are  not received  from
            Participants or Beneficiaries.

      16.10 Registration and Disclosure for Company Stock

            The Administrator  shall be responsible for determining
            the applicability (and, if  applicable, complying with)
            the  requirements of  the Securities  Act of  1933,  as
            amended,  the  California  Corporate Securities  Law of
            1968, as  amended, and  any other  applicable blue  sky
            law.    The  Administrator  shall  also  specify   what
            restrictive legend or transfer  restriction, if any, is
            required  to be  set forth on the  certificates for the
            securities  and the  procedure to  be followed  by  the
            Trustee to effectuate a resale of such securities.

      16.11 Master Company Stock Fund

            The  Trustee may  establish, at  the direction  of  the
            Company,  a single  Company Stock Investment  Fund (the
            "Master Company Stock  Fund"), for the benefit of  this
            Plan and any other plan of  a Related Company for which
            the  Trustee acts  as  trustee pursuant  to a  plan and
            trust document  that contains a provision substantially
            identical  to this Section  16.11.   The assets of this
            Plan,  to the  extent invested  in the  Master  Company
            Stock Fund,  shall consist only  of that percentage  of
            the   assets  of   the   Master   Company  Stock   Fund
            represented by the shares held by this Plan.


 17   TRUST ADMINISTRATION

      17.1  Trustee to Construe Trust

            The  Trustee shall have  the discretionary authority to
            construe those provisions of this Plan and Trust  which
            relate to the Trustee  and to do  all things  necessary
            or  convenient  to the  administration  of  the  Trust,
            whether or not  such powers are specifically set  forth
            in this  Plan and Trust.   Actions taken  in good faith
            by the Trustee shall be conclusive  and binding on  all
            interested  parties,  and shall  be  given the  maximum
            possible deference allowed by law.

      17.2  Trustee To Act As Owner of Trust Assets

            Subject to the specific conditions and limitations  set
            forth in  this Plan  and Trust, the Trustee  shall have
            all the power,  authority, rights and privileges of  an
            absolute  owner  of  the  Trust  assets  and,  not   in
            limitation but in amplification of the foregoing, may:

            (a)  receive, hold, manage, invest and reinvest, sell,
                 tender,    exchange,   dispose    of,   encumber,
                 hypothecate,   pledge,  mortgage,   lease,  grant
                 options  respecting,  repair,  alter,  insure, or
                 distribute any and all property in the Trust;

            (b)  borrow money, participate in reorganizations, pay
                 calls  and assessments,  vote or  execute proxies
                 (subject to Section 16), exercise subscription or
                 conversion   privileges,  exercise   options  and
                 register any securities in  the Trust in the name
                 of the  nominee, in federal book entry form or in
                 any other  form as  will permit title  thereto to
                 pass by delivery;

            (c)  renew,   extend   the   due   date,   compromise,
                 arbitrate, adjust, settle,  enforce or foreclose,
                 by judicial  proceedings or otherwise, or  defend
                 against the  same, any  obligations or claims  in
                 favor of or against the Trust; and

            (d)  lend, through  a collective  investment fund, any
                 securities  held  in  such  collective investment
                 fund to  brokers, dealers or other  borrowers and
                 to permit such securities  to be transferred into
                 the name and custody and be voted by the borrower
                 or others.

      17.3  United States Indicia of Ownership

            The  Trustee   shall  not  maintain   the  indicia   of
            ownership of any  Trust assets outside the jurisdiction
            of the  United States,  except as  authorized by  ERISA
            section 404(b).

      17.4  Tax Withholding and Payment

            (a)  Withholding.   The  Trustee  shall  calculate and
                 withhold  federal  (and,  if  applicable,  state)
                 income taxes with regard to any Eligible Rollover
                 Distribution  that  is  not   paid  as  a  Direct
                 Rollover  in  accordance  with the  Participant's
                 withholding election or as required by  law if no
                 election is made or the election is less than the
                 amount required  by  law.   With  regard  to  any
                 taxable distribution that is not an Eligible
                 Rollover   Distribution,   the   Trustee    shall
                 calculate   and   withhold   federal   (and,   if
                 applicable, state)  income  taxes  in  accordance
                 with the Participant's withholding election or as
                 required by law if no election is made.

            (b)  Taxes  Due From  Investment Funds.    The Trustee
                 shall pay  from the Investment Fund  any taxes or
                 assessments imposed by any taxing or governmental
                 authority on such  Fund or its income,  including
                 related interest and penalties.

      17.5  Trustee Duties and Limitations

            Unless  otherwise  agreed  to   by  the  Trustee,   the
            Trustee's  duties shall  be confined to  construing the
            terms  of the  Plan and  Trust as  they  relate  to the
            Trustee,  receiving  funds  on  behalf  of  and  making
            payments  from  the  Trust,  safeguarding  and  valuing
            Trust  assets,  and  investing  and  reinvesting  Trust
            assets  in  the  Investment Funds  as  directed by  the
            Administrator or Participants.   The Trustee shall have
            no   duty   or   authority    to   ascertain    whether
            Contributions are  in  compliance  with  the  Plan,  to
            enforce  collection   or  to  compute   or  verify  the
            accuracy or adequacy of any amount to be paid to it  by
            the Employer.  The Trustee shall not be  liable for the
            proper  application  of  any  part  of  the Trust  with
            respect to  any disbursement  made at the  direction of
            the Administrator.

      17.6  Trust Accounting

            (a)  Annual   Report.    Within  60   days  (or  other
                 reasonable  period)  following  the close  of the
                 Plan   Year,  the   Trustee  shall   provide  the
                 Administrator with an  annual accounting of Trust
                 assets    and   information    to    assist   the
                 Administrator in meeting ERISA's annual reporting
                 and audit requirements.

            (b)  Periodic  Reports.   The Trustee  shall  maintain
                 records and provide sufficient reporting to allow
                 the Administrator to properly monitor the Trust's
                 assets and activity.

            (c)  Administrator  Approval.  Approval of any Trustee
                 accounting will automatically occur 90 days after
                 such   accounting  has   been  received   by  the
                 Administrator, unless  the Administrator files  a
                 written  objection with  the Trustee  within such
                 time period.  Such  approval shall be final as to
                 all  matters  and transactions  stated  or  shown
                 therein and binding upon the Administrator.

      17.7  Valuation of Certain Assets

            If the  Trustee determines  the Trust  holds any  asset
            which  is not readily tradable and listed on a national
            securities  and   is  exchange  registered  under   the
            Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  the
            Trustee may  engage a  qualified independent  appraiser
            to determine  the fair market  value of such  property,
            and  the  appraisal   fees  shall  be  paid  from   the
            Investment Fund containing the asset.

      17.8  Legal Counsel

            The  Trustee may  consult  with legal  counsel  of  its
            choice, including counsel  for the Employer or  counsel
            of the  Trustee, upon  any question  or matter  arising
            under  this Plan and  Trust.   When relied  upon by the
            Trustee, the opinion of such counsel shall be  evidence
            that the Trustee has acted in good faith.

      17.9  Fees and Expenses

            The Trustee's  fees for its  services as Trustee  shall
            be such as may be mutually  agreed upon by the  Company
            and  the Trustee.    Trustee fees  and  all  reasonable
            expenses  of  counsel  and  advisors  retained  by  the
            Trustee shall be paid in accordance with Section 6.


 18   RIGHTS, PROTECTION, CONSTRUCTION AND JURISDICTION

      18.1  Plan Does Not Affect Employment Rights

            The Plan does  not provide any employment rights to any
            Associate.   The Employer expressly  reserves the right
            to discharge an Associate at any time,  with or without
            cause,  without regard  to  the effect  such  discharge
            would have upon the Associate's interest in the Plan.

      18.2  Limited Return of Contributions

            Except as provided  in this paragraph, (1) Plan  assets
            shall not revert  to the  Employer nor be diverted  for
            any  purpose  other  than  the  exclusive  benefit   of
            Participants  or   their  Beneficiaries;   and  (2)   a
            Participant's vested interest  shall not be subject  to
            divestment.   As provided  in ERISA  section 403(c)(2),
            the  actual  amount  of  a  Contribution  made  by  the
            Employer (or the  current value of the Contribution  if
            a net  loss has  occurred) may revert  to the  Employer
            if:

            (a)  such Contribution is made  by reason of a mistake
                 of fact;

            (b)  initial qualification  of  the  Plan  under  Code
                 section 401(a) is not  received and a request for
                 such  qualification  is   made  within  the  time
                 prescribed  under   Code  section   401(b)   (the
                 existence of and Contributions under the Plan are
                 hereby conditioned upon such qualification); or

            (c)  such  Contribution is  not deductible  under Code
                 section  404  (such   Contributions  are   hereby
                 conditioned  upon  such   deductibility)  in  the
                 taxable  year  of  the  Employer  for  which  the
                 Contribution is made.

            The reversion to the Employer must  be made (if at all)
            within  one  year  of  the  mistaken  payment  of   the
            Contribution, the  date of denial  of qualification, or
            the date of disallowance of deduction, as  the case may
            be.  A Participant shall have  no rights under the Plan
            with respect to any such reversion.

      18.3  Assignment and Alienation

            As  provided by  Code  section 401(a)(13)  and  to  the
            extent  not  otherwise  required  by  law,  no  benefit
            provided by  the Plan may  be anticipated, assigned  or
            alienated, except:

            (a)  to  create, assign  or recognize  a right  to any
                 benefit with respect to a Participant pursuant to
                 a QDRO, or

            (b)  to use a Participant's vested  Account balance as
                 security  for  a  loan  from  the Plan  which  is
                 permitted pursuant to Code section 4975.

      18.4  Facility of Payment

            If a  Plan benefit is due to  be paid to  a minor or if
            the Administrator  reasonably believes  that any  payee
            is  legally incapable  of giving  a valid  receipt  and
            discharge  for  any   payment  due  him  or  her,   the
            Administrator shall  have the  payment of the  benefit,
            or any part thereof, made to  the person (or persons or
            institution) whom it  reasonably believes is caring for
            or supporting  the payee,  unless it  has received  due
            notice  of  claim  therefor   from  a  duly   appointed
            guardian  or conservator  of the  payee.   Any  payment
            shall to  the extent thereof,  be a complete  discharge
            of any liability under the Plan to the payee.

      18.5  Reallocation of Lost Participant's Accounts

            If the  Administrator cannot  locate a  person entitled
            to  payment  of  a  Plan  benefit  after  a  reasonable
            search, the Administrator  may at  any time  thereafter
            treat such person's  Account as forfeited and use  such
            amount to  reduce subsequent Contributions  as soon  as
            administratively feasible  or as otherwise provided  in
            Section 8.   If such  person subsequently presents  the
            Administrator with a valid claim for the benefit,  such
            person shall be  paid the amount treated as  forfeited,
            plus the  interest that  would have been earned  in the
            Sweep  Account  to the  date  of  determination.    The
            Administrator   shall  pay   the  amount   through   an
            additional Employer  Contribution or direct the Trustee
            to pay the amount from the Forfeiture Account.

      18.6  Claims Procedure

            (a)  Right  to Make  Claim.   An interested  party who
                 disagrees with  the Administrator's determination
                 of his or her right to Plan benefits  must submit
                 a written claim  and exhaust this claim procedure
                 before legal recourse of any type is sought.  The
                 claim  must  include  the  important  issues  the
                 interested party believes support the claim.  The
                 Administrator, pursuant to the authority provided
                 in this  Plan, shall  either approve or  deny the
                 claim.

            (b)  Process for Denying a Claim.  The Administrator's
                 partial or complete  denial of  an initial  claim
                 must include an  understandable, written response
                 covering (1) the specific  reasons why the  claim
                 is being denied  (with reference to the pertinent
                 Plan  provisions) and (2) the  steps necessary to
                 perfect the claim and obtain a final review.

            (c)  Appeal  of   Denial  and   Final  Review.     The
                 interested party may make a written appeal of the
                 Administrator's   initial   decision,   and   the
                 Administrator  shall respond  in the  same manner
                 and  form  as  prescribed  for  denying  a  claim
                 initially.

                 If the  interested party does not  make an appeal
                 within  a   period  of  six   months  after   the
                 Administrator's  final  decision, the  interested
                 party  shall  be conclusively  presumed  to  have
                 accepted as final and  binding the final decision
                 of the Administrator on his or her claim.

            (d)  Time  Frame.    The  initial claim,  its  review,
                 appeal and final review shall be made in a timely
                 fashion, subject to the following time table:

                                                   Days to Respond
                 Action                           From Last Action

                 Administrator determines benefit               NA
                 Interested party files initial request    60 days
                 Administrator's initial decision          90 days
                 Interested party requests final review    60 days
                 Administrator's final decision            60 days

                 However, the Administrator may  take up to  twice
                 the  maximum response  time for  its  initial and
                 final review if it provides an explanation within
                 the normal  period of why an  extension is needed
                 and when its decision will be forthcoming.

      18.7  Construction

            Headings  are included  for reading  convenience.   The
            text  shall control  if any  ambiguity or inconsistency
            exists  between  the  headings  and  the  text.     The
            singular  and  plural shall  be  interchanged  wherever
            appropriate.   References to  Participant shall include
            Beneficiary when appropriate and even  if not otherwise
            already expressly stated.

      18.8  Jurisdiction and Severability

            The Plan  and Trust shall  be construed, regulated  and
            administered under ERISA and  other applicable  federal
            laws and,  where not otherwise  preempted, by the  laws
            of the State of California.   If any provision of  this
            Plan and Trust  shall become invalid or  unenforceable,
            that   fact   shall   not   affect   the  validity   or
            enforceability of any other provision of this Plan  and
            Trust.  All provisions of this  Plan and Trust shall be
            so construed  as to render  them valid and  enforceable
            in accordance with their intent.

      18.9  Indemnification by Employer

            The  Employers  hereby  agree  to  indemnify  all  Plan
            fiduciaries against  any and all liabilities  resulting
            from  any  action   or  inaction,  (including  a   Plan
            termination  in which the  Company fails to apply for a
            favorable   determination  from  the  Internal  Revenue
            Service with respect  to the qualification of the  Plan
            upon  its termination),  in  relation to  the  Plan  or
            Trust   (1)  including  (without  limitation)  expenses
            reasonably  incurred  in   the  defense  of  any  claim
            relating  to the Plan  or its  assets, and amounts paid
            in any settlement relating to the  Plan or its  assets,
            but  (2) excluding liability  resulting from actions or
            inactions  made in  bad faith,  or resulting  from  the
            negligence or willful  misconduct of the Trustee.   The
            Company shall have  the right, but not the  obligation,
            to  conduct the  defense of  any action  to  which this
            Section  applies.     The  Plan  fiduciaries  are   not
            entitled to indemnity from the Plan assets relating  to
            any such action.


 19   AMENDMENT, MERGER, DIVESTITURES AND TERMINATION

      19.1  Amendment

            The Company reserves  the right to  amend this Plan and
            Trust at any time,  to any extent and  in any manner it
            may deem  necessary or appropriate.   The Company  (and
            not the Trustee) shall be responsible for adopting  any
            amendments necessary  to maintain  the qualified status
            of this Plan and  Trust under Code  sections 401(a) and
            501(a).     If   the  Committee   is  acting   as   the
            Administrator  in  accordance  with  Section  15.6,  it
            shall  have  the authority  to  adopt  Plan  and  Trust
            amendments which have no substantial adverse  financial
            impact upon any Employer or  the Plan.   All interested
            parties shall be bound by any amendment, provided  that
            no amendment shall:

            (a)  become effective unless  it has  been adopted  in
                 accordance  with  the  procedures  set  forth  in
                 Section 19.5;

            (b)  except to the extent permissible under  ERISA and
                 the Code, make it possible for any portion of the
                 Trust assets to  revert to  an Employer or to  be
                 used for, or diverted  to, any purpose other than
                 for  the exclusive  benefit of  Participants  and
                 Beneficiaries  entitled to  Plan benefits  and to
                 defray reasonable expenses  of administering  the
                 Plan;

            (c)  decrease the rights of any Associate to  benefits
                 accrued (including  the elimination  of  optional
                 forms  of  benefits) to  the  date  on which  the
                 amendment is adopted, or  if later, the date upon
                 which the amendment becomes effective,  except to
                 the extent  permitted under ERISA  and the  Code;
                 nor

            (d)  permit an Associate to be paid the balance of his
                 or  her  Associate  Pre-Tax  Account  unless  the
                 payment would otherwise be  permitted under  Code
                 section 401(k).

      19.2  Merger

            This Plan and Trust may not  be merged or  consolidated
            with, nor may its assets or liabilities be  transferred
            to,  another   plan   unless   each   Participant   and
            Beneficiary  would, if  the  resulting plan  were  then
            terminated,  receive a  benefit just  after the merger,
            consolidation or  transfer which is  at least equal  to
            the benefit which would be received  if either plan had
            terminated just before such event.

      19.3  Divestitures

            In  the event  of a  sale  by  an Employer  which is  a
            corporation   of:   (1)  substantially   all   of   the
            Employer's assets  used in  a trade  or business to  an
            unrelated   corporation,  or   (2)  a   sale  of   such
            Employer's interest  in a  subsidiary  to an  unrelated
            entity  or individual, lump  sum distributions shall be
            permitted from the  Plan, except as provided below,  to
            Participants  with respect  to Employees  who  continue
            employment with  the corporation  acquiring such assets
            or  who continue  employment  with such  subsidiary, as
            applicable.

            Notwithstanding,  distributions shall  not be permitted
            if the purchaser  agrees, in connection with the  sale,
            to be substituted as the Company  as the sponsor of the
            Plan  or  to  accept  a  transfer  of  the  assets  and
            liabilities  representing  the  Participants'  benefits
            into  a  plan  of  the  purchaser   or  a  plan  to  be
            established by the purchaser.

      19.4  Plan Termination

            The  Company  may, at  any  time  and  for any  reason,
            terminate  the Plan  in accordance  with the procedures
            set forth  in Section 19.5,  or completely  discontinue
            contributions.  Upon  either of these events, or in the
            event of a partial termination  of the Plan  within the
            meaning  of  Code section  411(d)(3),  the  Accounts of
            each  affected Associate  who has  not yet  incurred  a
            Break  in  Service  shall  be  fully  vested.    If  no
            successor plan is  established or maintained,  lump sum
            distributions  will  be made  in  accordance  with  the
            terms of  the Plan  as  in effect  at the  time of  the
            Plan's termination  or as  thereafter amended  provided
            that   a  post-termination   amendment  will   not   be
            effective to the  extent that it violates Section  19.1
            unless  it  is  required  in  order  to  maintain   the
            qualified status  of  the  Plan upon  its  termination.
            The Trustee's  and Employer's  authority shall continue
            beyond  the Plan's  termination  date  until all  Trust
            assets have been liquidated and distributed.

      19.5  Amendment and Termination Procedures

            The following  procedural requirements shall govern the
            adoption of any amendment  or termination (a  "Change")
            of this Plan and Trust:

            (a)  The Company may adopt any Change by action of its
                 board of directors  in accordance with its normal
                 procedures.

            (b)  The  Committee,  if  acting  as Administrator  in
                 accordance  with  Section  15.6,  may  adopt  any
                 amendment  within  the  scope  of  its  authority
                 provided  under Section  19.1 and  in the  manner
                 specified in Section 15.7(a).

            (c)  Any Change must be  (1) set forth in writing, and
                 (2) signed and dated by an officer of the Company
                 or, in  the case of an  amendment adopted by  the
                 Committee, at least one of its members.

            (d)  If  the  effective  date  of  any Change  is  not
                 specified  in  the  document  setting  forth  the
                 Change, it  shall be effective as of  the date it
                 is signed  by the last person  whose signature is
                 required under clause  (2) above,  except to  the
                 extent that another effective  date is  necessary
                 to maintain the qualified status of this Plan and
                 Trust under Code sections 401(a) and 501(a).

            (e)  No  Change  shall become  effective  until  it is
                 accepted  and   signed  by   the  Trustee  (which
                 acceptance shall not unreasonably be withheld).

      19.6  Termination of Employer's Participation

            Any  Employer may,  at  any  time and  for any  reason,
            terminate  its  Plan participation  by  action  of  its
            board  of  directors  in  accordance  with  its  normal
            procedures.   Written notice  of such  action shall  be
            signed  and dated  by  an officer  of the  Employer and
            delivered to the  Company.   If the  effective date  of
            such action  is not  specified, it  shall be  effective
            on, or  as soon  as reasonably  practicable, after  the
            date of  delivery.   Upon the  Employer's request,  the
            Company may instruct the  Trustee and Administrator  to
            spin  off all  affected Accounts and  underlying assets
            into   a  separate  qualified  plan   under  which  the
            Employer  shall assume  the powers  and duties  of  the
            Company.   Alternatively,  the  Company may  treat  the
            event  as  a  partial  termination  described above  or
            continue to maintain the Accounts under the Plan.

      19.7  Replacement of the Trustee

            The Trustee may  resign as Trustee  under this Plan and
            Trust or  may be  removed by  the Company  at any  time
            upon  at  least  90 days  written  notice  (or  less if
            agreed  to  by  both parties).    In  such  event,  the
            Company shall  appoint a successor  trustee by the  end
            of  the notice  period.   The successor  trustee  shall
            then  succeed  to all  the  powers  and  duties of  the
            Trustee under  this Plan  and Trust.   If no  successor
            trustee  has  been  named  by the  end  of  the  notice
            period,  the Company's  chief executive  officer  shall
            become  the  trustee, or  if  he  or she  declines, the
            Trustee may petition  the court for the appointment  of
            a successor trustee.

      19.8  Final Settlement and Accounting of Trustee

            (a)  Final Settlement.  As soon as is administratively
                 feasible  after  its resignation  or  removal  as
                 Trustee,  the  Trustee   shall  transfer  to  the
                 successor trustee all property currently  held by
                 the Trust.  However, the Trustee is authorized to
                 reserve  such  sum  of   money  as  it  may  deem
                 advisable  for  payment  of   its  accounts   and
                 expenses in connection with the settlement of its
                 accounts or other fees or expenses payable by the
                 Trust.   Any balance remaining  after payment  of
                 such  fees  and expenses  shall  be  paid to  the
                 successor trustee.

            (b)  Final Accounting.   The  Trustee shall provide  a
                 final accounting  to the  Administrator within 90
                 days of the date  Trust assets are transferred to
                 the successor trustee.

            (c)  Administrator Approval.  Approval of the final
                 accounting will automatically occur 90 days after
                 such   accounting  has   been  received   by  the
                 Administrator, unless the  Administrator files  a
                 written  objection with  the Trustee  within such
                 time period.  Such approval shall be final as  to
                 all  matters  and transactions  stated  or  shown
                 therein and binding upon the Administrator.




                   APPENDIX A - INVESTMENT FUNDS


 I.   Investment Funds Available

      The   Investment   Funds   offered   to   Participants   and
      Beneficiaries  as of the Effective  Date include this set of
      daily valued funds:


                 Category           Funds

                 Money Market       Money Market

                 Income             U.S. Treasury Allocation

                 Balanced           Asset Allocation

                 Equity             Company Stock
                                    S&P 500 Stock


 II.  Default Investment Fund

      The  default Investment Fund as of the Effective Date is the
      Money Market Fund.


 III. Contribution Accounts For Which Investment is Restricted

      A Participant  or Beneficiary  may direct the  investment of
      his  or   her  entire  Account  except   for  the  following
      Contribution Accounts, and  except as otherwise provided  in
      Section  7, which shall be invested as of the Effective Date
      as follows:

                 Company Matching        Company Stock Fund

      Balances in  the Company  Matching Account are  not eligible
      for transfer to other Investment Funds.   However, every two
      years  on a  date  to be  determined  by the  Administrator,
      Participant balances in the Company Matching Account will be
      released  automatically from  the transfer  restrictions and
      become eligible for transfer to other Investment Funds.


 IV.  Maximum  Percentage  Restrictions   Applicable  to   Certain
 Investment Funds

      As of  the Effective Date,  there are no  maximum percentage
      restrictions applicable to any Investment Funds.




          APPENDIX B - PAYMENT OF PLAN FEES AND EXPENSES

 As of the Effective Date, payment of Plan fees and expenses shall
 be as follows:

 1)   Investment Management Fees:   These are paid by Participants
      in  that  management  fees   reduce  the  investment  return
      reported  and  credited  to  Participants,  except  that the
      Employer  shall pay  the fees related  to the  Company Stock
      Fund.

 2)   Recordkeeping Fees:  These are paid by the Employer.

 3)   Loan   Fees:    A  $3.50  per  month  fee  is  assessed  and
      billed/collected   quarterly  from   the  Account   of  each
      Participant who has an outstanding loan balance.

 4)   Recurring Payment Fees:  These are paid by the Employer on a
      quarterly basis.

 5)   Additional Fees Paid  by Employer:   All other Plan  related
      fees  and expenses,  including  the compensation  of a  Plan
      Administrator, if applicable, shall be paid by the Employer.
      To  the extent that the  Administrator later elects that any
      such fees shall  be borne by Participants,  estimates of the
      fees shall be determined  and reconciled, at least annually,
      and the  fees will be assessed  monthly and billed/collected
      from Accounts quarterly.




                 APPENDIX C - LOAN INTEREST RATE

 As  of  the  Effective   Date,  the  interest  rate   charged  on
 Participant loans  shall be equal  to the  Trustee's prime  rate,
 plus 1%.



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission